Service Manual

Maintenance Mode
Wayne iGEM™2 Computer
WM061002
Rev 14

For internal use only

Endast internt bruk
Nur für den internen Gebrauch
Pour usage interne seulement
Только для внутреннего
пользования
Product Liability Produkthaftung Produktansvar Oтветственнoсть
The supplier’s product Damit die Produkthaftung För att en leverantörs пoставщика
liability is only valid if no des Lieferanten ihre produktansvar skall gälla Для сохранения
alterations, additions etc. Gültigkeit behält, dürfen får ändringar, komplette- ответственности нельзя
have been made to the ohne ausdrückliche ringar och liknande ej вводить в оборудование
equipment without the Genehmigung des göras i utrustningen utan изменения, дополнения и
supplier’s express permis- Lieferanten keine leverantörens godkän- т.п. без разрешения
sion. Änderungen, nande. поставщика. Пользуйтесь
Use only genuine parts. Ergänzungen o. Ä. an der Originalreservdelar skall только оригинальными
Ausrüstung alltid användas. запасными частями,
vorgenommen werden. выпущенным
Verwenden Sie nur изготовителем
Originalteile. газораздаточной колонки
(далее - ГРК).

Caution Vorsicht Varning Осторожно

To prevent damage that Um Beschädigungen zu Gör pumpen/enheten Во избежание
might result in electric vermeiden, die zu einem strömlös innan Du gör поражения
shock or fire, disconnect elektrischen Schlag oder ingrepp i den. I annat fall электрическим током
the main power prior to Feuer führen können, föreligger risk för skada. или пожара отключайте
any work. unterbrechen Sie vor напряжение питания
jeder Arbeit die перед началом любых
Stromzufuhr. работ.

Warning Warnung Varning Предупреждение

Never run a leaking Betreiben Sie nie eine Använd aldrig en Не пользуйтесь ГРК при
pump! undichte Zapfsäule! Seien läckande pump. наличии утечки топлива!
Be careful with the Sie umweltbewusst und Tänk på miljön och halk- Охраняйте окружающую
environment and mind the denken Sie an die risken, sanera utläckt среду, помните об
skidding risk; take care of Rutschgefahr; beseitigen drivmedel snarast. опасности скольжения: в
leaking fuel immediately. Sie austretenden случае утечки топлива
Kraftstoff umgehend. на дорожное покрытие
возле ГРК, примите
меры немедленно.

© Copyright Rev 14 -2- WM061002

Table of Contents:

1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 11
1.1 Technical Support ............................................................................................................................. 11
1.2 Definitions and Abbreviations ........................................................................................................... 11
1.3 Revision history: ................................................................................................................................ 11
2 Maintenance Mode Overview ................................................................................................................ 16
2.1 Compatibility iGEM vs iGEM2 ............................................................................................................. 16
2.1.1 Major differences ................................................................................................................... 16
2.1.2 Similarities ............................................................................................................................. 16
2.2 General Description ........................................................................................................................... 17
2.3 Accessing Maintenance Mode ........................................................................................................... 17
2.3.1 Service Terminal Program, iGem2 ServTerm .............................................................................. 17
2.3.2 Remote Control ..................................................................................................................... 17
2.3.3 Access Control ........................................................................................................................... 17
3 Connecting to IGEM2 Dispenser APPLICATION ..................................................................................... 18
3.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 18
3.2 Remote control ................................................................................................................................. 18
3.2.1 Connecting ................................................................................................................................ 18
3.2.2 Function or Statistic Entry Level ............................................................................................. 19
3.2.3 Sub Entry Level .......................................................................................................................... 20
3.2.4 Exit from Maintenance Mode ................................................................................................. 20
3.2.4.1 Exit and Save Changes ........................................................................................................................................ 20
3.2.4.2 Quick Exit........................................................................................................................................................... 20

3.3 Log in using iGem2 ServTerm ............................................................................................................ 21

3.3.1 Connecting ............................................................................................................................. 21
3.3.2 iGEM Display when in Dispenser App maintenance mode via ServTerm .................................. 21
3.3.3 Log in @ Engineer level .......................................................................................................... 22
3.3.4 Log in @ WSA level ................................................................................................................. 23
3.3.5 Exit from Maintenance Mode ................................................................................................. 23
3.4 Access Control .................................................................................................................................. 24
3.4.1 Access protection of a parameter, statistic, operation or event log ............................................ 24
3.5 Function List ..................................................................................................................................... 24
3.5.1 F000 – Exit Function ................................................................................................................... 24
3.5.2 F001 – Filling Modes ................................................................................................................... 24
3.5.3 F002 – Clock Configuration ........................................................................................................ 25
3.5.4 F003 – Settings for Specific W&M Modes ................................................................................... 25
3.5.5 F010 – Common Pump Defining Configuration, LR..................................................................... 25
3.5.6 F011 – Not used, LR..................................................................................................................... 25
3.5.7 F012 – Display Configurations Part 1, LR .................................................................................... 26
3.5.8 F013 – Display Configurations Part 2, LR .................................................................................... 27
3.5.9 F014 – Dispenser Error Check Limits, LR ..................................................................................... 28

© Copyright Rev 14 -3- WM061002

 3.5.10 F015 – Dispenser Default Delivery Limits, LR ......................................................................... 29
3.5.11 F016 – Litre Mode Limits, LR .................................................................................................. 29
3.5.12 F017 – Gallon Mode Limits, LR ............................................................................................... 29
3.5.13 F018 – Kilo Mode Limits, LR ................................................................................................... 30
3.5.14 F019 – Lbs Mode Limits, LR ................................................................................................... 30
3.5.15 F020 – Misc Config 1, LR ........................................................................................................ 31
3.5.16 F021 – Sales Amount Calculation Configuration, LR ............................................................... 33
3.5.17 F022 – Timer settings, LR....................................................................................................... 35
3.5.18 F023 – POS communication settings, LR ................................................................................ 37
3.5.19 F024 – DAUP protocol settings, LR ........................................................................................ 39
3.5.20 F025 – ATC general configuration, LR .................................................................................... 39
3.5.21 F026 – Meter specific ATC configurations, LR ........................................................................ 40
3.5.22 F027 – EMT and Fiscal Counters Config, LR ............................................................................ 41
3.5.23 F028 – Proportional valve configurations, LR ......................................................................... 42
3.5.24 F029 – Premium Diesel Additive Configuration, LR ................................................................ 43
3.5.24.1 Viewing Additive Tank Level .............................................................................................................................. 43
3.5.25 F030 – Per Meter General configuration, LR ........................................................................... 44
3.5.26 F031 – General Meter Configuration, LR................................................................................. 44
3.5.27 F032 – Wayne Meter Configuration, LR .................................................................................. 45
3.5.28 F033 – Coriolis Meter Configuration, LR ................................................................................. 45
3.5.29 F034 – Per E+H Coriolis Meter configuration, LR .................................................................... 46
3.5.30 F035 – F038 Reserved for future CNG configurations, LR .......................................................... 46
3.5.31 F041 – Spare Output options, LR ........................................................................................... 47
3.5.32 F042 – Spare Input options, LR .............................................................................................. 49
3.5.33 F043 – Spare UARTs 3 and 5 settings, LR ................................................................................ 50
3.5.34 F044 – Reserved for SPI channel 0 settings, LR ........................................................................ 50
3.5.35 F045 – SPI channel 2 settings, LR ........................................................................................... 51
3.5.36 F046 – Receipt Printer Configuration, LR ............................................................................... 53
3.5.37 F047 – CAN bus settings, LR................................................................................................... 54
3.5.38 F048 – TCP/IP bridge settings, LR .......................................................................................... 55
3.5.39 F050 – General Local Preset configuration, non LR ................................................................ 56
3.5.40 F051 – Local Preset Round-off configuration, non LR ............................................................. 57
3.5.41 F052 – Local Preset Button configuration, non LR .................................................................. 57
3.5.42 F053 – Vapor Recovery configuration, non LR ........................................................................ 58
3.5.43 F054 – VRM configuration, non LR ......................................................................................... 59
3.5.44 F055 – Motor feedback per motor, non LR ............................................................................. 60
3.5.45 F056 – Filter clogging detection ............................................................................................. 60
3.5.46 F057 – General Bezel User guidance settings, non LR ............................................................. 61
3.5.46.1 Comment to F057.010. ....................................................................................................................................... 62
3.5.47 F058 – Per Button User guidance settings, non LR ................................................................. 62
3.5.48 F059 – Reserved for DEF/AdBlue configuration, non LR ............................................................ 62
3.5.49 F060 – Annunciator configuration, non LR ............................................................................. 63
3.5.50 F061 – Misc config, non LR ..................................................................................................... 64
3.5.51 F062 – Reserved for I2C channel 0 settings, non LR ................................................................... 64
3.5.52 F063 – Reserved for I2C channel 1 settings, non LR ................................................................... 64
3.5.53 F064 – iSense configuration, non LR ...................................................................................... 65

© Copyright Rev 14 -4- WM061002

 3.5.54 F065 – T-Media configuration, non LR....................................................................................66
3.5.55 F066 – Door security, non LR .................................................................................................68
3.5.56 F067 – General Atex Additive configuration, non LR ...............................................................69
3.5.57 F068 – Timer configurations, non LR ......................................................................................69
3.5.58 F069 – iSense diagnostic trace settings, non LR ..................................................................... 70
3.5.59 F070 – Valve feedback per valve, non LR ................................................................................ 70
3.5.60 F071 – Reserved for Spare Output feedback per output, non LR ................................................. 71
3.5.61 F072 – Per valve configuration, non LR ................................................................................... 71
3.5.62 F073 – Proportional valve configuration, non LR ..................................................................... 72
3.5.63 Fs01 – Fuelling Point Address, LR ........................................................................................... 75
3.5.64 Fs02 – Unit Price per Product (Logical nozzle) and Fuelling Mode, LR .................................... 75
3.5.65 Fs03 – Button Configurations, LR ........................................................................................... 75
3.5.66 Fs04 – Fs22 – not used ............................................................................................................ 75
3.5.67 Fs23 – Dispenser hydraulic mappings, LR ............................................................................... 76
3.5.68 Fs24 – Blend Ratio Configurations, LR .................................................................................... 77
3.5.69 Fs25 – LITER Mode Settings, LR ............................................................................................. 77
3.5.70 Fs26 – GALLON Mode Settings, LR ........................................................................................ 78
3.5.71 Fs27 – KILO Mode Settings, LR .............................................................................................. 79
3.5.72 Fs28 – LBL Mode Settings, LR ................................................................................................ 79
3.5.73 Fs29 – Satellite Configuration, LR .......................................................................................... 80
3.5.74 Fs30 – Misc model related mappings, LR ................................................................................ 81
3.5.75 Fs50 – Button mappings, non LR ............................................................................................ 82
3.5.76 Fs51 – VRM configurations, non LR ........................................................................................ 82
3.5.77 Fs52 – Reserved for DEF configurations, non LR ....................................................................... 82
3.5.78 Fs53 – Vapour Gate calibration table, non LR ......................................................................... 83
3.5.79 Fs70 – Model mappings, non LR ............................................................................................. 83
3.5.80 Fs71 – ATEX Additive Node configuration, non LR.................................................................. 84
3.5.81 F500 – Passwords, LR ............................................................................................................. 84
3.5.82 F501 – Misc security settings, LR ............................................................................................ 85
3.5.83 F502 – WSA settings, LR ........................................................................................................86
3.5.84 F503 – Pump symmetry max settings , LR ..............................................................................86
3.5.85 F510 – Encryption settings, LR ...............................................................................................86
3.5.86 F511 – XWIP Tamper protection settings, LR ..........................................................................86
3.5.87 F520 – Error level re-assignment settings, LR ......................................................................... 87
3.5.88 F530 – Dispenser Serial Number, LR ....................................................................................... 87
3.5.89 F550 – System Monitoring configurations, non LR ................................................................. 88
3.5.90 F551 – Error level re-assignment settings, non-LR ..................................................................89
3.6 Operations List ..................................................................................................................................90
3.6.1 O700 – Reserved .........................................................................................................................90
3.6.2 O701 – Confirm Device Replacement, LR ...............................................................................90
3.6.3 O702 – WIP operations, LR ......................................................................................................... 91
3.6.4 O703 – E+H Coriolis meter operations, LR .............................................................................. 91
3.6.5 O704 – Factory default and configuration operations, LR ........................................................... 92
3.6.6 O705 – INMETRO Error Recovery, LR ..................................................................................... 93
3.6.7 O706 – Download/Upload of Logotype Bitmap, LR ....................................................................94
3.6.8 O750 – Calibrate Dover VR system, non-LR ............................................................................ 95

© Copyright Rev 14 -5- WM061002

 3.6.9 O751 – Calibrate Vapour Gate VRM, non-LR .......................................................................... 95
3.6.10 O752 – Diagnostic tests, non-LR ............................................................................................ 96
3.6.11 O753 – Manual VAP calibration, non-LR ................................................................................. 96
3.6.12 O754 – Restore Feedback Error, non-LR ................................................................................. 96
3.6.13 O755 – Clear/Reset Statistics, non-LR .................................................................................... 96
3.6.14 O756 – Adjust RGB Colours, non-LR ....................................................................................... 97
3.6.15 O757 – ATEX Additive Service/Maintenance Mode, non-LR ................................................... 97
3.6.16 O758 – T-Media operations, non-LR ....................................................................................... 98
3.6.17 O800 – Upload of Misc data, non-LR ...................................................................................... 99
3.6.18 O801 – Upload of µSD card files, non-LR ............................................................................. 100
3.6.19 O802 – Delete files on µSD card, non-LR ............................................................................. 100
3.6.20 O803 – Upload of Various data, non-LR ............................................................................... 101
3.6.21 O950 – Upload of Misc data, LR ........................................................................................... 102
3.6.22 O951 – Upload of Statistics, LR ............................................................................................ 103
3.6.23 O952 – Upload of Event logs, LR .......................................................................................... 103
3.6.24 O960 – Configuration from parameter file, LR ..................................................................... 103
3.6.24.1 Directory of the parameter files .........................................................................................................................103
3.6.24.2 Name of the parameter files ..............................................................................................................................103
3.6.24.3 Format of the parameter files ............................................................................................................................103
3.6.24.4 Handling configuration from parameter files .................................................................................................... 104
3.6.25 O990 – Upload of FW, LR ..................................................................................................... 105
3.6.26 O991 – Download of FW, LR ................................................................................................ 106
3.6.26.1 Download via O991.0x1, ServTerm & USB CDC .................................................................................................. 106
3.6.26.2 Download via O991.0x4, USB MSD and remote control ...................................................................................... 108
3.6.27 O992 – Reserved for security critical operation, LR .................................................................. 111
3.6.28 O993 – Reserved for security critical operation, LR .................................................................. 111
3.6.29 O994 – Reserved for security critical operation, LR .................................................................. 111
3.6.30 O995 – Clear severe system errors, LR .................................................................................. 111
3.6.31 O999 – Wayne R&D features, LR ......................................................................................... 112
3.7 Statistics .......................................................................................................................................... 113
3.7.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 113
3.7.2 Overview .................................................................................................................................. 113
3.7.3 S001 – Reset Counters, resettable ............................................................................................ 114
3.7.4 S002 – Volume Totals per Meter .............................................................................................. 114
3.7.5 S005 – ATC Evaluation mode NET Volume Totals per Meter .................................................... 114
3.7.6 S011 – Reset Counters, Non-resettable .....................................................................................115
3.7.7 S012 – Volume Totalizers per Meter ..........................................................................................115
3.7.8 S013 – WIP statistics .................................................................................................................115
3.7.9 S014 – Coriolis meter statistics ................................................................................................. 116
3.7.10 S015 – 24VDC Voltage Drop statistics .................................................................................. 116
3.7.11 S050 – Output Feedback status ........................................................................................... 116
3.7.12 S051 – System voltage min/max values ................................................................................. 117
3.7.13 S052 – Atex Additive per node statistics ................................................................................ 117
3.7.14 S053 – Switch input configuration ......................................................................................... 117
3.7.15 Ss01 – Resettable totals per logical nozzle ........................................................................... 118
3.7.16 Ss02 – Error/Event Counters, Resettable .............................................................................. 118

© Copyright Rev 14 -6- WM061002

 3.7.17 Ss11 – Non-resettable totals per logical nozzle ..................................................................... 118
3.7.18 Ss12 – Error/Event Counters, Non-resettable ....................................................................... 119
3.7.19 Ss51 – VR Monitoring statistics ............................................................................................ 119
3.7.20 Ss52 – Daily A/L of VR Monitoring ........................................................................................ 119
3.7.21 S500 – Reserved for Meter Info .............................................................................................. 119
3.7.22 S501 – Reserved for Display Info ............................................................................................ 119
3.7.23 S502 – Reserved for I/O-board Info ........................................................................................ 119
3.8 Event logs ....................................................................................................................................... 120
3.8.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 120
3.8.2 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 121
3.8.3 Event log entries ...................................................................................................................... 122
3.8.4 E001 – Reset Event Log ........................................................................................................ 122
3.8.4.1 Shut Down Cause bits ....................................................................................................................................... 122
3.8.4.2 MCU Reset Source bits ...................................................................................................................................... 123
3.8.4.3 Start-up Status bits ............................................................................................................................................ 123
3.8.5 E002 – Reset Event Info Log ..................................................................................................... 124
3.8.6 E004 – Unit of Measure Change Event Log ........................................................................... 124
3.8.7 E005 – Pulse Output Change Event Log ................................................................................... 124
3.8.8 E006 – Product Pressurize Change Event Log ...................................................................... 125
3.8.9 E007 – ATC Change Event Log ............................................................................................. 125
3.8.10 E008 – Parameter Change Event Log ................................................................................... 125
3.8.11 E009 – Dispenser Application Program Change Event Log ................................................... 126
3.8.12 E010 – Reserved for Data Download Event Log ...................................................................... 126
3.8.13 E011 – Coriolis Meter ZPA Event Log ................................................................................... 126
3.8.14 E012 – Coriolis Parameter Change Event Log ....................................................................... 126
3.8.15 E013 – ATC Evaluation Mode Change Event Log .................................................................. 127
3.8.16 E014 – Reserved for Unit Price Change Event Log ................................................................... 127
3.8.17 E015 – WIP/XWIP Local Calibration Change Event Log ......................................................... 127
3.8.18 E016 – BTL Program Change Event Log ............................................................................... 128
3.8.19 E017 – iGEM Meter Calibration Change Event Log ............................................................... 128
3.8.20 E018 – PPM-board Calibration Change Event Log ................................................................ 129
3.8.21 E019 – Device Replacement Event Log................................................................................. 129
3.8.22 E031 – Filling Mode Change Event Log ................................................................................. 129
3.8.23 E032 – ATC Density Change Event Log ................................................................................ 129
3.8.24 E033 – Password Change Event Log ..................................................................................... 129
3.8.25 E034 – Maintenance mode Operations event log ................................................................. 130
3.8.26 E040 – Reserved for FW Upload Event Log ............................................................................. 130
3.8.27 E041 – Reserved for Data Upload Event Log ........................................................................... 130
3.8.28 E050 – VRM Change Event Log ............................................................................................ 130
3.8.29 E051 – Door access Event Log .............................................................................................. 130
3.8.30 Es01 – Error Event Log ......................................................................................................... 131
3.8.31 Es02 – Transaction Event Log .............................................................................................. 131
3.8.32 Es03 – Blend Change Event Log ........................................................................................... 131
3.8.33 Es51 – Flow Rate Log ........................................................................................................... 132
3.8.34 Es52 – VRM Filling Log ......................................................................................................... 132
3.8.35 Es53 – VRM Faulty Fillings Log ............................................................................................. 133

© Copyright Rev 14 -7- WM061002

 3.8.36 Es54 – VR Error Log .............................................................................................................. 133
3.8.37 Es55 – Dover VR Log latest record ....................................................................................... 134
3.8.38 E500 – Hard Fault Log .......................................................................................................... 134
3.8.39 E501 – WSA MM Entry Log .................................................................................................. 134
3.8.40 E502 – Engineer MM Entry Log .............................................................................................135
3.8.41 E503 – Station Manager MM Entry Log .................................................................................135
3.8.42 E504 – Station Operator MM Entry Log ................................................................................135
3.8.43 E505 – Security Critical Event Log .........................................................................................135
3.8.44 E506 – InMetro Error Log ..................................................................................................... 136
3.8.45 E507 – InMetro Maintenance Log .......................................................................................... 137
3.8.46 E508 – InMetro LR Change Log ............................................................................................ 138
3.8.47 E509 – InMetro SW Download Log ....................................................................................... 139
4 Error Codes .......................................................................................................................................... 140
4.1 Error/Event Classification ................................................................................................................ 140
4.2 Consequences of errors ................................................................................................................... 140
4.2.1 Corrupt/Damaged Data ........................................................................................................ 140
4.2.2 Replacement of Devices ....................................................................................................... 140
4.3 Error/Event Types ........................................................................................................................... 141
4.3.1 Dover VR Error Device Codes ................................................................................................... 156
5 BOOTLOADER, BTL ............................................................................................................................ 158
5.1 General ........................................................................................................................................... 158
5.2 Error at startup................................................................................................................................ 158
5.3 View BTL CRC ................................................................................................................................. 159
5.3.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 159
5.3.2 BTL Status codes, Money display ............................................................................................. 160
5.3.3 BTL Status codes, Volume display............................................................................................ 160
5.4 BTL Maintenance Mode .................................................................................................................. 161
5.4.1 Connecting with ServTerm ...................................................................................................... 161
5.4.2 Remote control .................................................................................................................... 161
5.4.2.1 Engineer Login ................................................................................................................................................. 161
5.4.2.2 WSA Login........................................................................................................................................................ 162
5.4.2.3 Enter Function/Command................................................................................................................................. 163

6 Miscellaneous IGEM OPERATIONS ........................................................................................................ 164

6.1 COLD START (O704.001=1 with W&M switch Unlocked) ................................................................... 164
6.1.1 Alternative 1: Perform a cold start by pressing COLD START button during startup ............... 164
6.1.2 Alternative 2: Perform a Soft cold start ................................................................................. 164
6.1.3 Data never cleared on Cold Start .......................................................................................... 164
6.1.3.1 Parameters (Fxxx): ............................................................................................................................................ 164
6.1.3.2 Event logs. ....................................................................................................................................................... 164
6.1.3.3 Statistics. ......................................................................................................................................................... 164

6.2 Non-LR RESET (O704.001=1 with W&M switch Locked) .................................................................... 164
6.3 Restore as Factory Default setting (O704.002=1).............................................................................. 164
6.4 Reset Parameters as New Board (O704.003 = 1) .............................................................................. 165

© Copyright Rev 14 -8- WM061002

 6.5 Reset Parameters as New Board Except F503.000 (O704.005 = 1)..................................................... 165
6.6 Example of effects of different actions in O704 ................................................................................ 165
6.7 Pumping unit flow lost check to avoid dry operation when two meters are assigned to one nozzle .. 166
6.8 Calibration when two meters are assigned to one nozzle ................................................................. 166
6.9 Pump Motor Feedback ................................................................................................................. 166
6.10 VR Monitoring .............................................................................................................................. 167
6.10.1 Activation ............................................................................................................................ 167
6.10.2 Error Indication .................................................................................................................... 167
6.10.3 Remote Status Indication ..................................................................................................... 167
6.10.4 VR Monitoring Commissioning Mode ................................................................................... 167
6.10.5 Tracing VRM Change Events ................................................................................................ 167
6.10.6 Vapour Gate specifics........................................................................................................... 168
6.10.6.1 Vapour Gate Auto calibration ........................................................................................................................... 168
6.10.6.2 Self-check ....................................................................................................................................................... 168
6.10.6.3 Status Value in VRM log ................................................................................................................................... 168
6.10.6.4 Remote Status Indication, Vapour Gate status .................................................................................................. 168
6.10.7 Dover VR Closed Loop specifics ........................................................................................... 169
6.10.7.1 Dover VR Closed Loop Calibration .................................................................................................................... 169
6.10.7.2 Status Value in VRM log ................................................................................................................................... 169
6.10.7.3 OFF2 ............................................................................................................................................................... 169

6.11 VR status error indication ............................................................................................................. 170

6.11.1 Activation ............................................................................................................................. 170
6.11.2 Error Indication .................................................................................................................... 170
6.12 ATC............................................................................................................................................... 170
6.13 XWIP Phase 2 Calibration Data Handling ........................................................................................171
6.14 Simple statistics view mode ...........................................................................................................171
6.15 Door security ................................................................................................................................ 172
6.15.1 Activation ............................................................................................................................ 172
6.15.2 Status indication .................................................................................................................. 172
6.15.3 Disarm/clear error ................................................................................................................ 172
6.15.4 Door access time .................................................................................................................. 172
6.15.5 Door breached ..................................................................................................................... 172
6.16 ATEX Additive Board Installation and upgrade ................................................................................173
6.16.1 Installation and configuration ................................................................................................173
6.16.2 Additive level indication ........................................................................................................173
6.16.2.1 LED indication .................................................................................................................................................. 173
6.16.2.2 Display indication ............................................................................................................................................. 173
6.16.3 Board replacement ................................................................................................................173
6.16.4 Purging..................................................................................................................................173
6.16.5 Calibration ........................................................................................................................... 174
6.17 Dover VR ...................................................................................................................................... 175
6.17.1 Activation ............................................................................................................................ 175
6.17.2 Calibration O750 .................................................................................................................. 175
6.17.3 Diagnostics O752 ..................................................................................................................177

© Copyright Rev 14 -9- WM061002

 6.17.4 Error log .............................................................................................................................. 181
7 ServTerm ............................................................................................................................................. 182
7.1 Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 182
7.2 Views and Menus ............................................................................................................................ 183
7.2.1 ServTerm start-up view. ........................................................................................................... 183
7.2.2 Pump Status view ................................................................................................................. 183
7.2.3 Pump Information view ........................................................................................................ 183
7.2.4 W&M Inspection view .............................................................................................................. 183
7.2.5 Commissioning view ................................................................................................................ 183
7.2.6 Pump Service view ............................................................................................................... 184
7.2.6.1 Upload operations ............................................................................................................................................ 184
7.2.6.2 Download Operations ....................................................................................................................................... 184
7.2.6.3 Miscellaneous Operations ................................................................................................................................. 184
7.2.6.4 Read/Write of individual function parameters and operations............................................................................ 184
7.2.6.5 Read and Clear Severe Error Status. .................................................................................................................. 185
7.2.6.6 Loading of Pump Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 185
7.2.7 Device Specific view ................................................................................................................. 188
7.2.8 Settings view ........................................................................................................................... 189
7.3 Uploaded diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 190
8 Setting Bus-address on Displays ........................................................................................................... 191
9 Fleet Display Mode .............................................................................................................................. 192
10 InMetro Mode Handling ....................................................................................................................... 193
10.1 Requirements for InMetro mode .................................................................................................. 193
10.1.1 The Bluetooth Device .......................................................................................................... 193
10.1.2 DSP and ISB ......................................................................................................................... 193
10.1.3 Display................................................................................................................................. 193
10.2 Changes to fillings ........................................................................................................................ 193
10.2.1 Handling simultaneous fillings ............................................................................................. 194
10.3 Errors and recovery ...................................................................................................................... 194
11 Receipt Printer handling ...................................................................................................................... 195
12 iGEM2 switch inputs ............................................................................................................................ 195

© Copyright Rev 14 - 10 - WM061002

1 INTRODUCTION
This manual describes how to operate the iGEM2 pump computer (calculator) in maintenance mode.

1.1 Technical Support

For service problems that cannot be resolved, contact Wayne Technical Support for your area.

1.2 Definitions and Abbreviations

LR Legally Relevant (Weights & Measures)
uSD MicroSD memory card
WSA Wayne Service Access. Random generated One-time password.
DAUP Com protocol by which iGEM2 communicate with Displays
PRG_LOAD switch W&M switch located under plastic cover on the iGEM2 CPU-module. Required to
be set in Unlocked position to edit LR parameters.

1.3 Revision history:

Document Dispenser App FW BTL FW

Revision Release Release Description
1.0 xxx.xxx.xxx xxx.xxx.xxx Creation
1.40 000.011.002 001.000.000 Added S051 and O755. Misc corrections to faulty parameter values.
Adjusted error levels for IEC severity tables
1.41 “ “ Corrected O701 and O702 descriptions.
1.56 000.013.016 002.000.000 Modified SPI config of F044 and F045.
1.57 000.014.001 003.000.000 Added accelerometer’s parameters to F550, sub-function 012-019
1.59 “ “ Removed FW revision history since misleading (not always synced with changes
to the manual).
1.60 001.000.000 003.000.000 Modified RGB settings of F057 and F058 and added RGB Operation in O756.
1.62 001.000.001 003.000.000 Corrected descriptions of Errors 224, 225 and 991.
Changed error levels for Errors 441 and 442
Added error 280 and 281 for SPI2 com (to TCP/IP bridge)
1.63 001.000.001 003.000.000 Corrected text in section 4.3 for errors 320, 321, 322, 324
1.65 002.000.000 003.000.000 Corrected unit price parameter Fs02 (CREDIT = fueling mode 0)
1.67 004.000.000 003.000.000 Part 4.3. Corrected description of error 991.
1.69 006.000.000 003.000.000 Corrected F022, F057, F058 and O756.
1.70 006.000.000 003.000.000 Added help text for error 350.
1.71 007.000.000 005.000.000 Added F048 to configure TCP/IP bridge settings.
Part 4.3 Added error codes 127 & 128.
Part 5.2 Added description of error #5 I/O-board removal.
1.72 007.000.000 005.000.000 Added F023.001 = 3 for LJCL protocol.
Added O800.007 to upload TCP/IP bridge info.
Changed text on error code 128. Added error code 251 for TCP/IP bridge
replaced.
1.73 007.000.000 005.000.000 Added local preset F50-52. Preset totals buttons added to Fs50
1.74 007.000.000 005.000.000 Added F022.014 Max time allowed to stay logged in to maintenance mode via
TCP/IP without any TCP/IP maintenance commands being received.
Added shut down cause bit 16 = SOFT RESET TO FORCE EXIT FROM TCP/IP
MAINTENANCE MODE.
1.75 007.000.000 006.000.000 Part 4.3 Added nonLR preset Task as device in description of Error 991.
Part 6.6, 6.7 and 6.9. Minor corrections
Part 3.7.11 and 3.7.13 corrected text (per lnoz instead of per meter).
2.0 007.000.000 006.000.000 Part 3.6.20.1 changed to describe iGem2ServTerm PC program and WSA
password process.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 11 - WM061002

Document Dispenser App FW BTL FW
Revision Release Release Description
2.1 007.000.000 006.000.000 Part 2.3.1 corrected name on ServTerm to iGem2 ServTerm.
2.2 9.001.000 006.000.000 Part 3.5.19 added parameter F025.003 for configurating which ATC W&M mode
to enter using CRC-button (IEC or Canada)
Part 3.5.20 added info on how product types are indicated in sales display
Part 3.7.2 added S005 for ATC Evaluation mode NET meter volume pulse totals
Part 3.8.2 added total event counter in E007
2.3 9.001.000 006.000.000 Part 3.5.52 Added parameter F061.003 to enable polling display boards for
buttons/switch status.
Part 4.3 Removed error codes 227 and 228 since not used.
2.4 9.001.000 006.000.000 Part 3.5.85 Added parameter F502.002 for extended WSA access.
Clearing resettable statistics now require pressing ‘#’-button 3 times instead of
one.
2.5 9.001.001 006.000.000 Part 3.8.19 Added description of E017 (Meter calibration event log)
Part 3.8.27 Added details in E051
Part 4.3 Changed error codes 224 and 227 for ATC due to FW changes in
Version 9.001.001
2.6 9.001.001 006.000.000 Part 3.5.57 Added sub options 007-009 to F066. Added smart-switch
configuration to sub-option 005.
2.7 9.001.001 006.000.000 Part 3.5.57. Removed reference to Engineering design document. Added
reference to part 6.10.
Part 4.3 Added error 507 Communication lost over CAN with switch board.
Part 6.10 Misc additions.
2.8 10.002.000 006.000.000 Part 3.5.17. Added Ferranti protocol (UKCL)
Part 3.5.40. Added F048.030 to enable/disable TLS security of POS protocol over
TCP/IP.
2.9 10.002.000 006.000.000 Part 3.3. Updated.
Part 3.6.16. Added 950.007 for upload of configuration excluding descriptive
text (much faster as less data to upload). Available in Dispenser App FW
9.001.005 but missed to add in the manual.
2.10 10.002.000 006.000.000 Removed old references to GE and Dresser.
3.0 10.002.000 006.000.000 Removed menus that are not implemented yet in FW. Replaced parameters not
yet supported with Reserved or Not Used
Updated section about operation O991 for FW update.
Corrected information in section 6 and added more detailed information about
Cold Start and other types of Configuration Resets.
3.1 10.002.000 006.000.000 Corrected O991 description. FW Download via ServTerm doesn’t require to
perform Logout manually after download completed.
3.3 10.002.001 006.000.000 Changed layout of front. Removed references to old company brands.
Part 3.5.24 Changed configurable range of F030.1mm to 1 – 62.
Part 3.5.26 Added descriptive text for hysteresis regarding LC-meter and Xflo.
3.5 10.002.001 006.000.000 Part 7 added with description of how to use ServTerm and
TemplateConfigurator.
4.0 10.0002.002 006.000.000 Corrections to general company warranty and copy right notices.
04 10.002.002 006.000.000 Released
05 11.002.004 006.000.000 Part 3.5.17 Added parameter F023.011 to set special price handling required for
POS with USCL bug used by Wawa.has been
Part 3.8.4.3 Start-up Status Bit 28 for I/O-board removal detected was missing.
06 12.003.000 006.000.000 Part 3.6.5 Added parameter O704.005 to reset parameters as new board but not
F503.000
Part 4.3 Added description to error 50 when device code is not zero.
Part 6.5 Updated for description of O704.005
Changed 6.5 to 6.6 with new entry 9 in table.for O704.005
6.1 12.003.000 006.000.000 Part 3.5.24 Added premium diesel additive configuration F029.
Part 4.3 Added premium-diesel-additive error code 532 and error code 005 for
I/O board tamper.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 12 - WM061002

 Document Dispenser App FW BTL FW
Revision Release Release Description
6.2 12.003.000 006.000.000 Part 3.5.6 F12.008 modified description
Part 3.5.10 F016.005 modified MPI volume per pulse description
Part 3.5.11 F017.005 modified MPI volume per pulse description
Part 3.5.12 F018.005 modified MPI volume per pulse description
Part 3.5.13 F019.005 modified MPI volume per pulse description
Part 3.5.14 F020.001 marked MPI reserved
Part 3.5.30 F041 Modified MPI values 29-48
Part 3.5.31 F041 Added MPI value 15
Part 3.5.73 Added MPI options Fs30.07n – Fs30.10n
Part 3.5.78 Marked Fs70.05n reserved MPI
6.3 12.003.00 006.000.000 Section 9, Fleet display examples added. TOC cleaned up.
06 12.003.005 006.000.000 Section 3.8.30 Added Blend change event log Es03
Section 3.8.36 Added WSA MM entry event log E501
Section 3.8.37 Added Engineer MM entry event log E502
Section 3.8.38 Added Station manager MM entry event log E503
Section 3.8.39 Added Station operator MM entry event log E504
Section 4.3 Added error codes that were missing
Section 6.9 Removed reference to Global Start/Century
7.0 12.003.005 006.000.000 Section 4.3 Modified description for error codes 421 and 422
7.1 12.003.005 006.000.000 Corrected Tag used for pdf and extra character in footer
8.0 13.004.001 006 000 000 - Section 3.5.7 Added Atex Additive volume displayed on Money display
- Section 3.5.55 F067 Modified General Atex Additive configuration
- Section 3.5.79 Fs71 Modified Atex Additive Node Configuration
- Section 3.6.2. Adding confirm Atex Additive Board replacement
- Section 3.6.13 Added Atex Additive Service/Maintenance Mode
- Section 3.6.14 Added Upload Atex Additive IDPROM data O800
- Section 3.7.12 Added Atex Additive per Node totals
- Section 3.7.19 Added Atex Additive per Lnoz statistics (reserved)
- Section 3.8.35 Atex Additive Transaction Event Log
- Section 3.8.36 Atex Additive Calibration Event Log
- Section 4.3 Adding Atex Additive Error codes
- Section 6.16 Atex Additive Purging and Calibration
9.0 13.004.008 006.000.000 - Removed ATEX Additive logs that are not implemented yet.
- Reduced number of ATEX Additive nodes from 8 to 4.
- Section 4.3 Changed ATEX Additive error device codes.
10 14.007.000 007.001.000 - Section 3.5.17 Added sub-parameter F023.012 for I/O-board HW issue work-
around.
- Section 3.5.40 changed F052.0bb, value 53 “Select preset value iX” is not in use
and it’s now indicated
- Section 3.5.41 changed F053.002 default value from 104 to 114.
- Section 3.5.41 changed F054.001 max limit from 250 to 168.
- Section 3.5.42 added WSA protection on F054.000, .001, .003 and .005
- Section 3.5.46 text-correction F058.0bb max limit from 50 to 20.
- Section 3.5.49 Added sub-parameters F061.004 – F061.007 for new I/O-board
functionalities.
- Section 3.5.49 Added sub-parameter F061.008 as a workaround for multiblock
handling when using IX and Additive
- Section 3.8.21 Added PPM board calibration event log E018 (not new).
- Section 3.8.22 Added Device replacement event log E019.
- Section 3.8.29 Added VRM parameter change event log E050 (not new).
- Section 4.3 changed device codes of Error 293 (ADDITIVE TANK LOW) to
support 2nd Tank.
- Section 6.10 Misc corrections.
11 14.007.003 007.001.000 - Section 3.5.38 removed extra lines from F050.003 to fix formatting.
- Section 3.5.45 text-correction F057.005-007 added new setting of 7 for
16.000.028 Additive empty tank indication for LEDCOM 1 – 3 applications.
- Section 3.5.46 text-correction F058.0bb, bb range changed from 49-64 to 49-65
- Section 3.5.46 text-correction F058.0bb min limit from 0 to 2.
- Section 3.5.52 added F064.04c for Additive Diagnostic Data.
- Added section 3.5.4 with new Function “Country Code” all subsequent sections
have been shifted to be 1 higher due to this change (INMETRO)
- Updated error codes with the new INMETRO related ones
- Added sub-operation O701.011 which is used to confirm a new BTD-IDPROM

© Copyright Rev 14 - 13 - WM061002

Document Dispenser App FW BTL FW
Revision Release Release Description
(INMETRO)
- section 3.8.22 Event log E019 corrected.
12 15.008.007 007.001.000 - Section 3.5.53 added parameter for ATC gross and ATC configuration. F064.05c
& F064.06c
- Section 3.5.10 added parameter for minimum unit price, F015.002.
- Section 3.5.15 added parameter for Totals/Totalizers indication, F020.007.
- Section 3.5.18 added parameter for POS Totals/Totalizers, F023.013
- Section 3.5.39 removed Max POS Money Limit, was in non-LR Code, F050.010
- Section 3.5.18 added Max POS Money Limit in to LR code, F023.014.
- Section 3.5.16 Added 5th option for F021.003 and also added parameter
F021.007 for Money Preset Stop volume calculation method.
- Section 3.5.18 Added dialects to USCL
- Section 3.5.16 Changed description of 021.003 = 4

13.0 17.001.001 007.001.000 - Section 3.5.37 Added CAN large-message-handling method F047.003

13.1 17.003.000 007.001.000 - Section 3.5.42 Added Dover VR dual motor setting
- Section 3.5.42 Added Dover VR calibration options (per side/per nozzle)
- Section 4.3.1 Added Dover VR error/device code table
- Section 6.17 Added new Section for Dover VR functionality
- Section 6.17.2 Added new Section for calibration of Dover VR system
- Section 6.17.3 Added new Section for diagnostics of Dover VR system
- Section 6.17.4 Added new Section for Dover VR system error log
13.2 - Section 3.6.8 Added reference to technical description
- Section 3.6.10 Added reference to technical description
- Section 4.3.1 Removed irrelevant error codes
- Section 6.17.14.3.1 Added information on Dover VR activation
- Section 6.17 Corrected technical information

13.3 17.004.000 007.001.000 - Section 3.5.11 F016.007 added

- Section 3.5.12 F017.007 added
- Section 3.5.13 F018.007 added
- Section 3.5.14 F019.007 added
- Section 3.5.15 F020.008-.010 added
- Section 3.5.17 F022.015-.016 added
- Section 3.5.39 F050.011 added
- Section 3.5.49 F060.005 values corrected
- Section 3.5.75 Fs50.008-.011 added
- Section 3.5.73 Fs29.014n added
- Section 3.5.82 F501.001 corrected. F501.006-.007 added
- Section 3.5.88 F530.001 values corrected. F530.002 added
- Section 3.6.2 O701.001 Comment regarding InMetro added
- Section 3.8.3 E506-E509 added
- Section 3.8.34 Es51 page numbers corrected
- Section 3.8.44 E506 added
- Section 3.8.45 E507 added
- Section 3.8.46 E508 added
- Section 3.8.47 E509 added
- Section 4.3 Errors 129-137, 189, 218, 243-244, 259, 603, 629-630, and 700-707
added. Errors 80, 155-159 and 284 removed.
- Section 10 added
- Section 11 added
- Section 4.3.1 Errors 243 and 244 added
- Section 6.17 Tables updated with LCD font
- VR parameters updated to also apply to Dover VR
- Spelling mistakes etc. corrected throughout the document

13.4 - F043 Printer app configurable to UART 3. Baudrate hard coded.

- Added F046 with Receipt Printer configuration.
- Added O705 used for Error recovery
- Added O706 for Receipt Logotype Bitmap Up/Download.
- Added Operation O803.001 for upload of Remaining IFSF data.
- Error codes 113, 260-267 Printer Errors.
- Fs29.14N corrected
- Fs70.04N now set number of beeps on physical nozzle lift.
- Added description of Device Code and Lnoz for Error 703

13.5 17.004.002 007.001.000 - Added operation o960 configure iGEM from micro SD card

13.6 - Added statistics S015 – 24VDC Voltage Drop statistics section 3.7.10.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 14 - WM061002

Document Dispenser App FW BTL FW
Revision Release Release Description

13.7 - Corrected sub-function numbers of F055.

13.8 - Removed Dover VR decimal error device code numbers from section 4.3.1
13.9 - Updated 4.3 error code 292 with device code 05N and 06N
13.10 - Added F022.017 in section 3.5.17
13.11 - Added missing S015 in section 3.7.2
- Added missing F020.011 in section 3.5.15
- Repaired damaged document after rev 13.11 check-in

14.0 18.005.000 7.001.000 - Added F057.010 in section 3.5.46

14.1 - Improved description of F041 Spare output Light/Lamp Options
14.2 - Add F057.005, F057.006, F057.007 and F057.010 information
- Add VR section 6.11.2 and VRM section 6.10.2 information
- Add additive tank level indication section 6.16.2
- Correct F060.006 in section 6.10.3
14.3 - Added LPG timing parameters in F022 section 3.5.17
14.4 - Added Dover VR Closed Loop information in sections 3.5.43, 3.6.8, and
6.10
- Updated general VRM information to apply to both Vapour Gate and to
Dover VR Closed Loop
- Updated section 4 for Dover VR Closed Loop errors
14.5 - Updated error 238 in section 4.3 to apply also to Dover VR Closed Loop
14.6 - Updated F043.002 for GVR GMP in section 3.5.33
14.7 - Removed F151 and F251 from list in section 6.1.3
- Add information on Fs51.000 and Fs51.002 in section 3.5.76
14.8 - Correct F054.006 in section 3.5.43
14.9 - Corrected mistake in heading 3.8.34.
14.10 - Added error 242 in 4.3.
- Corrected error code for VFM_NOT_DETECTED in 4.3.1
14.11 - Correct F054.006 in section 3.5.43
- Correct broken cross-reference in section 10.3
- Added GVM GMP and VRM diagnostics in section 6.10.3
14.12 - Added T-Media parameters in section 3.5.54
- Added T-Media operations in section 3.6.16
14.13 - Updated Spare input options in 3.5.32
- Added Switch input configuration statistics in 3.7.14
- Updated raw switches from 1 – 168 to 1 – 172 instead
- Added chapter 12 for information of switch inputs
14.14 - Changed section 3.5.53 to Reserved.
- Removed erroneous comments for section 3.5.54
14.15 18.006.000 7.001.000 - Added Anthem 12” to section 3.5.50
14.16 - Corrected headings F043 and O991, sections 3.5.33 and 3.6.26.
14.17 - Updated section 6.10.4 VR Monitoring Commissioning Mode with
information specific to Vapour Gate or Dover VR, respectively.
14.18 - Added Nuovo Pignone as an option in F023.000 in section 3.5.18.
14.19 - Added Ferranti dialect settings to section 3.5.18
14.20 - Updated informational text regarding Dover VR calibration and VR tests in
sections 3.6.8 and 3.6.10.
- Updated informational text regarding differences between Dover VR Open
Loop and Closed Loop in section 6.17.3.
14.21 - Added F023.015 for NPCL RS485 in section 3.5.18.
14.22 - Corrected formatting in Dover VR Calibration O750 in section 6.17.2.
- Corrected information and formatting in Dover VR Error log in section
6.17.4.
14.23 - Added O752.001 indication for “S/V display keypad input” in chapter 12.
14.24 - Corrected and changed from O752.001 to O752.000 in chapter 12.
14.25 - Added F020.012 USB send delay in section 3.5.15
14.26 - Added section 3.8.37 Es55 – Dover VR Log latest record

© Copyright Rev 14 - 15 - WM061002

2 MAINTENANCE MODE OVERVIEW

2.1 Compatibility iGEM vs iGEM2

2.1.1 Major differences

• Old ServTerm used with Legacy iGEM can’t be used with iGEM2.
• Communication with the new iGem2ServTerm with iGEM2 require a “USB-2.0 A” to “micro-USB B” cable

• Possible to download/upload files (program, logs, etc) by connecting a micro-SD-card or a USB Flash drive and use Remote
control to operate. To connect USB Flash drive, a USB OTG cable is needed.

+
• Same FW for US and IEC iGEM pumps.

• Two FW’s running on the board. A bootloader program and the dispenser application program.

• All/most Functions/sub-parameters, statistics and error codes are different compared to Legacy iGEM.

• Configuration in terms of Templates/Macros are different.

2.1.2 Similarities
• PRG_LOAD switch used for access protection of LR operations and parameters.

• COLD-start button used to perform COLD-start. A COLD-start will however result in reset to factory configuration.

• CRC-button still used to view Program versions and checksums of iGEM FW as well as connected LR devices such as ATC, WIP
etc. It can also be used for enabling the Remote Control for log in to certain (configurable) levels of maintenance mode.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 16 - WM061002

2.2 General Description
The maintenance mode is accessed in order to do any of the following:

• Update the FW of the pump computer.

• Change configuration/behaviour of the pump.

• View statistics and logs recorded by the pump computer itself.

• Activate/Deactivate service/trouble-shooting functionalities.

• Test certain functionalities or components of the pump.

• Upload data files from iGEM to uSD-Card or USB MSD (“thumb-drive”).

2.3 Accessing Maintenance Mode

Access the Maintenance Mode through one of the following interfaces:

• Service Terminal Program (ServTerm)

• Infrared Interface (Remote control)

2.3.1 Service Terminal Program, iGem2 ServTerm

Use a laptop computer (PC) to access dispenser functions, statistics, and diagnostics. This interface can also be used to download and
upload the software. The communication is through a serial link (USB). Although you perform the programming through the pump display,
a description of the various functions and statistics appear on the laptop display.
The PC need to have the following installed:

• Special USB CDC Device Driver. Provided by Wayne.

• iGem2 ServTerm.exe
For more information se part 3.3.

2.3.2 Remote Control

Using this interface require the pump computer to have at least one functioning sales display connected.
The infrared interface has 16 buttons.
This interface uses only the pump display for user feedback.
For more information see part 3.2.

2.3.3 Access Control

In order to access iGEM maintenance mode, the user has to log in to iGEM.
There are 5 different access levels:

• WSA Highest level of security where each entry requires a randomly generated password unique for this specific
entry to this specific iGEM pump computer by this specific user.

• Engineer Most commonly used access level for trained service engineers. Entry require entry of password specific
for this level.

• Station Manager Limited access to be able to set pump in Stand Alone mode and change of unit prices in case POS system
is inoperable.

• Station Operator Entry to Read statistics and logs.

• W&M officer Access to read out logs of W&M related events and settings relevant for metrological behaviour as well as
authentication of the calculator.
Access to certain operations and functions/parameters will also require that physical switch (PRG_LOAD or ATC) is set in specific
position. These switches are generally access protected by a W&M seal.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 17 - WM061002

3 CONNECTING TO IGEM2 DISPENSER APPLICATION

3.1 Introduction
This section describes channels and methods to connect to iGEM2 in maintenance mode.

3.2 Remote control

3.2.1 Connecting
The infrared device communicates with the IGEM via an infrared link. Access the maintenance mode by pressing the CRC-button on the
computer board, upon this the program CRC values and SW Version numbers of the Dispenser application as well as the bootloader are
indicated at the display. The version numbers and checksums of any additional LR devices connected to iGEM2 (such as Displays,
WIP/XWIP’s, Coriolis meters and ATC-board) are also displayed in the sequence.
For information on entry to Bootloader, BTL, see part 5.4 of this document.

# UPD data Data representation

1 VEr Version number of the Dispenser App

2 crc CRC-32 of the complete Dispenser App

3 Lrcrc CRC-32 of the LR program part of the Dispenser App

4 B!UEr Version of the Bootloader

5 B!crc CRC-32 of the Bootloader

6 Atc Version and checksum of the ATC FT-board

if activated.

7 1!P!5 11P!2 Version and checksum of connected pulser/meter.

to
UPD indicate for which meter(s) the version and checksum applies (# ‘P’ #)

A quick way to exit the CRC-view of Dispenser Application is to press CLEAR.

After the SW info has been displayed and Display is back to normal mode, the Remote control can be used for log in if pressed within 20
seconds.
‘ENTER’ Field service engineer entry using field engineer password
‘5’ Wayne Service Access entry using dynamic password (require special user account)
‘1’ Station manager entry using station manager password
‘2’ Operator entry using operator password
‘3’ Read program CRC checksums
‘CLEAR’ Weights and Measures entry using weights and measures password

The maintenance mode asks you for a password before allowing access to the maintenance mode functions and statistics. A 10 second
time-out is built into the password entry mode.

PA55 When the word PASS 1 appears on the sale display, you have 10 seconds to start entering the
password. The timer restarts after you press a key. When you have entered the complete password
of 1 – 6 digits press ENTER.
x

The TOOL icon is lit whenever iGEM is in any form of maintenance or service mode (incl. ATC W&M
modes, flow rate indication etc.).

© Copyright Rev 14 - 18 - WM061002

3.2.2 Function or Statistic Entry Level
You must access all function and statistic data through sublevels before you can view or write any data. The initial display shows dashes on
the money display, the volume display is blank, and the unit price display shows the function or statistic number. The function, statistic,
operation and event numbers are preceded by an F, S, o or E. Functionality for this screen is defined as follows:

Button Description

CLEAR Returns control to initial screen.

ENTER Opens the first sublevel to which you have access.

UP Advances to the next function or statistic

DOWN Returns to the previous function or statistic

# Ignored.

NEXT Advances to the next function or statistic

NUMBER (1-9) Goes to function or statistic number entered. If the number is beyond the range of the available functions or statistics,
the maximum function or statistic is used.
When you begin to enter numbers, the non-numeric keys have the following functionality:

CLEAR Backspace key if there is numeric input, otherwise returns control to initial screen.

ENTER Accepts any numeric input already entered, otherwise opens the first sublevel to which you have access.

UP Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise advances to next function or statistic.

DOWN Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise returns to previous function or statistic.

NEXT Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise advances to next function or statistic

# Ignored

NEXT Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise returns to previous function or statistic.

CLEAR If you press the CLEAR key before you enter numeric data, the system will not accept the numeric data, because it has
returned to the initial screen.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 19 - WM061002

3.2.3 Sub Entry Level
When you enter the sub entry level, the unit price display shows the function/statistic number in the two left-most digits and the sub level
number in the two right-most digits separated with a decimal point. The F or S no longer appears. The following list shows functionality
provided at this level. Not all functionality is available depending on user access.

Button Description

CLEAR Returns control to the function or statistic entry level screen.

UP Increases the value of the displayed parameter; value rolls over when the maximum value is reached.

ENTER Returns control to the function or statistic entry level screen.

DOWN Decreases the value of the displayed parameter; value rolls over when the minimum value is reached.

# Clears the money display and allows you to enter a new value for the given parameter. Out of range values are ignored.

NEXT Advances to the next sub function or sub-statistic within the current function or statistic.

NUMBER (1-9) If you enter numeric data without first pressing the # key, the system goes to the sub function or sub-statistic of the
corresponding number that you entered. If the number is beyond the range of available sub-functions or sub-statistics,
the maximum sub function or sub-statistic is used.
When you begin to enter numbers (preceded by the # key or not), the non-numeric keys have the following
functionality.

CLEAR Backspace key if there is numeric input, otherwise returns control to initial screen.

ENTER Accepts any numeric input already entered.

UP Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise returns control to the sub entry level.

DOWN Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise returns control to the sub entry level.

# Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise returns control to sub entry level.

NEXT Ignored when numeric input has been entered, otherwise returns control to the sub entry level.

3.2.4 Exit from Maintenance Mode

There are two ways that you can exit the maintenance mode:

• Exit and Save Changes

• Quick Exit
3.2.4.1 Exit and Save Changes
Use Function 000 – Exit Function to exit the maintenance mode and save changes. When you are in the function, Enter 3 for the sub
function, then press ENTER twice. See F000 – Exit Function for more information on the Exit Function. If you entered maintenance mode
using the infrared interface, the maintenance mode becomes inactive. If you entered maintenance mode using the Service Terminal
Program, the maintenance becomes idle, but will still be active until you remove the cable from the interface or terminate the Service
Terminal Program.
3.2.4.2 Quick Exit
If you use a Quick Exit, you will lose changes you have made. To perform a Quick Exit, do the following:

• Press the CLEAR key until the unit price display windows shows “F --- “, “E ---“, “0 ---“ or “5 ---“. Then press ENTER three times.
This causes the maintenance mode task to immediately terminate.
No changes will be stored

© Copyright Rev 14 - 20 - WM061002

3.3 Log in using iGem2 ServTerm
This section describes how to Log in @ Engineer and WSA levels. For other information on how to use iGem2 ServTerm, please look in
separate chapters of this document.

3.3.1 Connecting
Field service engineers can use a laptop computer to run the service terminal program (STP).
To connect with iGEM2 using the iGem2ServTerm application, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the dispenser bezel.
2. Connect the USB cable to the serial channel of the laptop and the micro-USB on the iGEM computer board.
3. Start the iGem2 ServTerm.
It will automatically detect COM port and as soon as the ServTerm detects the iGEM2 board, it will retrieve some basic data
from it such as:
o Board Part No and Serial No.
o Dispenser Serial No.
o SW versions installed.
o Basic state of the pump. Incl. voltages, POS com and state of W&M switches (PRG_LOAD & ATC).

4. The Engineer can now select if to log in @ Engineer level or WSA level.

3.3.2 iGEM Display when in Dispenser App maintenance mode via ServTerm
When maintenance mode is entered by connection via ServTerm or other serial communication channel, the iGEM displays
indicate…

5ErViCE
X
I5EnCE

NOTE! When Bootloader is running, only the tools icon is lit (“Service iSense” is not displayed). The red RUN LED is not blinking.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 21 - WM061002

3.3.3 Log in @ Engineer level
Press Login at the bottom of the window.

If the dispenser has been configured to password other than the default on (1234) select NO on question below and enter the actual one.

NOTE!
There are several parameters and Operations that are not accessible @ Engineer login and/or require the W&M switch (CPU-board or
ATC) to be in Unlocked position. Which parameters/operations this can vary depending on the setting of the Access table in F501.003.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 22 - WM061002

3.3.4 Log in @ WSA level
Select WSA at the bottom of the window.

Select select to what function/operation access is needed.

When Custom is selected, it is possible to specify any Function and Sub-function including “wild cards” (---).
Example show access to F066.--- (all sub parameters of F066 (Door security).

Press Login and fill in your Code Dealer User ID# (7 digits) and press OK

At this point you need to access the Code dealer @ the Wayne Service Portal (you need to be a registered user).
Input the Serial # and Challenge code to the Code dealer menu (you can press the blue icons to Copy and then mark the filed in the portal
and do Ctrl-V). Press “Get response code” to retrieve a password. Enter it in ServTerm menu.

NOTE!
The Code dealer will evaluate if you are registered/allowed to have access to the specific function/operation. If you are not, then no
password will be generated.
It is possible to Log in repeatedly with same WSA entry data and password within 1 hour as long as the WSA challenge code is the same.

3.3.5 Exit from Maintenance Mode

Exit from Engineering or WSA level maintenance mode is done by performing “Log out”.
Select if you want to Save changes or not.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 23 - WM061002

3.4 Access Control

3.4.1 Access protection of a parameter, statistic, operation or event log

The software controls access to functions and sub-functions. It contains an access level table that determines what functions each user
has access to. The following access restrictions exist:

• Read and Write

• Read only
• No access
• WSA else Read Only
• WSA else no access
• PRG_LOAD switch else Read Only
• PRG_LOAD switch else No access
• PRG_LOAD switch AND WSA else Read Only
• PRG_LOAD switch AND WSA else No access
• PRG_LOAD switch OR WSA else Read Only
• PRG_LOAD switch OR WSA else No access
• ATC switch else Read Only
• ATC switch else No access
• ATC switch AND WSA else Read Only
• ATC switch AND WSA else No access
• ATC switch OR WSA else Read Only
• ATC switch OR WSA else No access

3.5 Function List

3.5.1 F000 – Exit Function

F000 Exit maintenance mode

sub value Description

.000 1 Do not exit and do not save changes

2 Exit, but do not save changes

3 Exit and save changes

4 Soft cold-start, PASS appears in the money display, enter Password and Cold Start will restore parameter settings to
ENTER to get the cold-start executed. same as set in factory.

3.5.2 F001 – Filling Modes

F001 Set Filling Mode

sub value Description Notes

.000 1 Normal operating mode

2 W&M mode Not Temperature Compensated

Force 3 decimals in volume

3 ATC W&M mode IEC Display ATC related data required to be able
to verify the ATC system.

4 VR Monitoring Commissioning Mode Not Temperature Compensated

5 ATC W&M mode Canada Display ATC related data required to be able
to verify the ATC system.

.001 1 Serial Mode POS required (forced by F501.001=1)

2 Stand Alone mode No POS required (inhibited by F501.001=1)

NOTE! Pressure check (on high-speed blenders) is disabled in any of the W&M modes.
See chapter: Pumping unit flow lost check to avoid dry operation when two meters are assigned to one nozzle

© Copyright Rev 14 - 24 - WM061002

3.5.3 F002 – Clock Configuration
F002 Set Date and Time

sub value Description Notes

.000 0000 – 2359 HH MM (Hours and minutes)

.001 0101 – 1231 MM DD (Month and Date)

.002 2010- 2100 YYYY (Year)

.003 1 Date Format YY.MM.DD (ISO-8601) ISO-8601

2 Date Format MM.DD.YY
3 Date Format DD.MM.YY

NOTE! Loss of Battery power will reset the Real Time Clock which is considered a severe error. F002 must be set in order to enter normal
mode.

3.5.4 F003 – Settings for Specific W&M Modes

F003 Set Country Code

sub value Description Notes

.000 1 OIML Regular iGEM-2 behaviour

2 INMETRO See section 10 for information on how to
handle this mode

3.5.5 F010 – Common Pump Defining Configuration, LR

F010 Set Common Pump configurations, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 1–2 Number of Fuelling Points / sides Max value depend on setting of F503.000.
(1 – 4)

.001 1–8 Number of Logical Nozzles per FP/side Max value depend on setting of F503.000
(1 – 5)

.002 1–3 Number of parallel displays per FP/side E.g. if Island oriented model and/or display
on SAT nozzle column.

3.5.6 F011 – Not used, LR

© Copyright Rev 14 - 25 - WM061002

3.5.7 F012 – Display Configurations Part 1, LR
F012 Set Display configurations part 1, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

Display Mode after Sale paid

.000 1 Money is actual, volume is actual, unit price is actual
2 Money is zeros, volume is zeros, unit price is actual
3 Money is zeros, volume is zeros, unit price is blanks
4 Money and Volume actual, Unit Price blank
5 Money is actual, volume is actual, unit price is for 5 sec. actual

.001 0–4 Money display digits right of decimal point

.002 0–4 Volume display digits right of decimal point

.003 0–4 Unit price display digits right of decimal point

.004 0–4 Totals/Totalizer Money display digits right of the decimal point

.005 0–4 Totals/Totalizer Volume display digits right of the decimal point

UPD decimal point indication digits right of decimal point. Only when the indicated decimal point shall
differ from the setting in F012.003
.006 0–4 Forced decimal position regardless of setting in F012.003.
5 Disabled (use setting in F012.003)

UPD assignment interpretation

.007 1 UPD# on fixed position. Only use lower row of dual row UPD’s. Dual row as spare part for single row.
2 UPD# in consec. order. Start on upper row on dual row UPD’s. Std IEC
3 UPD# on fixed position. Use both rows. CASH / CREDIT UPD’s

.008 0 Fleet Mode Disabled Amount not displayed. Volume on Amount

display. Sale prompts displayed on UPDs.
1 Fleet Mode Use Amount Display Only
Maintenance Mode data normally present
in the Volume display will be toggled on the
Amount display. P1/P2 will be displayed in
the service display to indicate page number.
(P1-amount display data, P2-volume display
data) See section 9 for examples.

.009 0–8 UPD used for density indication Maximum one density display per FP/Side
0 = none

© Copyright Rev 14 - 26 - WM061002

3.5.8 F013 – Display Configurations Part 2, LR
F013 Set Common Pump configurations part 2, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Mixed indication options Used for displaying current flow rate during
e.g. meter verification.
0 Normal output
1 Money Amount display = flow rate of primary meter
2 Money Amount display = flow rate of secondary meter
3 Money Amount display = flow rate of ternary meter
4 Money Amount display = total flow rate of all meters
5 Money Amount display = flow rate of primary meter
Unit price display = flow rate of secondary meter
Service display = flow rate ternary meter
6 – 10 Same as settings 1 – 5 above.
Indicated for 10 sec if button “7” is pressed while filling
11 Vapour flow rate displayed on Money display. Fuel flow rate
displayed on Volume display
12 Vapour volume displayed on Money display
13 ATEX Additive volume displayed on Money display
14-100 Reserved for future use

.001 Flash unit price display when selected after 8 – blanks – 0

1 No Flash
2 Flash until flow
3 Flash always

Data of Un-selected unit price displays on product selection

.002 1 Blank
2 Dash

0–1 Indicate Stand Alone mode by displaying volume with 4 digits

right of decimal point
.003
0 = disabled

Error code indication

.004 1 Indicate errors of classification C, D, E, F and G on service
display
2 Indicate errors of classification B, C, D, E, F and G on service
display
3 Indicate errors of classification C, D, E, F and G on UPD
4 Indicate errors of classification B, C, D, E, F and G on UPD

.005 0–1 Suppress display of leading zeros

0 = disabled

© Copyright Rev 14 - 27 - WM061002

3.5.9 F014 – Dispenser Error Check Limits, LR
F014 Set Dispenser Error check limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 10 Maximum allowed number of consecutive fillings with No Flow FP/Side will go in to CLOSED mode when
Error. 0 = disabled limit is reached

.001 0 – 10 Maximum allowed number of consecutive fillings with Flow lost FP/Side will go in to CLOSED mode when
Error. 0 = disabled limit is reached

.002 0 – 10 Maximum allowed number of consecutive fillings not reaching FP/Side will go in to CLOSED mode when
entered delivery limit. 0 = disabled limit is reached

.003 1 – 50 Maximum allowed blend error in 0.1% resolution. 0.1% to 5.0%

E.g. A value of 10 represents a max blend error of 1.0%.

.004 0 – 50 Maximum allowed number of ATC communication errors during FP/Side will terminate filling when limit is
a filling. reached

.005 0 – 99 Maximum allowed number of Display errors during a filling. FP/Side will terminate filling when limit is
reached

© Copyright Rev 14 - 28 - WM061002

3.5.10 F015 – Dispenser Default Delivery Limits, LR
F015 Set Dispenser delivery limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 99000000 Maximum Money amount delivery limit

.001 0 – 99000000 Maximum Volume delivery limit

.002 0 – 99999 Minimum Unit price limit

3.5.11 F016 – Litre Mode Limits, LR

F016 Set Litre Mode Limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 2 – 200 First check for Blend error set in number of decilitres MMQ

.001 0–9 Suppressed volume (cl) @ start of filling Must be synced with F016.002

.002 0–9 Maximum volume (cl) for selection of new product Must be synced with F016.001

.003 1 – 15 Hose fill volume limit (cl) “Product pressurization” / ”Hose expansion”

.004 0 – 15 Hose Leak Test volume (cl)

.005 Volume per MPI pulse

1 1 pulse per litre
2 10 pulses per litre
3 100 pulses per litre

.006 20 – 1000 PPM calibration canister size/volume in decilitres 2 – 100 litres in 0.1 litre steps

.007 0 – 200 No-Flow / Flow-Lost low volume filter (ml)

3.5.12 F017 – Gallon Mode Limits, LR

F017 Set Gallon Mode Limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 5 – 50 First check for Blend error set in 1/100 of a Gallon

.001 0 – 99 Suppressed volume @ start of filling set in 1/1000 of Gallon Must be synced with F016.002

.002 0 – 99 Maximum volume for selection of new product Must be synced with F016.001
set in 1/1000 of a Gallon

.003 1 – 40 Hose fill volume limit set in 1/1000 of a Gallon “Product pressurization”

.004 0 – 65 Hose Leak Test volume set in 1/100 of a Gallon

.005 Volume per MPI pulse

1 1 pulse per gallon
2 10 pulses per gallon
3 100 pulses per gallon
4 250 pulses per gallon
5 500 pulse per gallon
6 1000 pulses per gallon

.006 5 – 250 PPM calibration canister size/volume set in 1/10 of a Gallon

.007 0 – 200 No-Flow / Flow-Lost low volume filter (1/1000 of a Gallon)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 29 - WM061002

3.5.13 F018 – Kilo Mode Limits, LR
F018 Set Kilo Mode Limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 2 – 200 First check for Blend error set in 1/10 of a Kg

.001 0–9 Suppressed weight @ start of filling set in steps of 1/100 of a Kg Must be synced with F016.002

.002 0–9 Maximum weight for selection of new product Must be synced with F016.001
set in steps of 1/100 of a Kg

.003 1 – 15 Hose fill weight limit set in steps of 1/100 of a Kg “Product pressurization”

.004 0 – 15 Hose Leak Test weight set in 1/100 of a Kg

.005 1 – 100 Weight per MPI pulse set in steps of 1/100 of a Kg MPI not supported in this mode

.006 n/a n/a

.007 0 – 200 No-Flow / Flow-Lost low volume filter (g)

3.5.14 F019 – Lbs Mode Limits, LR

F019 Set Lbs Mode Limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 5 – 50 First check for Blend error set in 1/10 of a Lb

.001 0 – 99 Suppressed weight @ start of filling set in steps of 1/100 of a Lb Must be synced with F016.002

.002 0 – 99 Maximum weight for selection of new product Must be synced with F016.001
set in steps of 1/100 of a Lb

.003 1 – 30 Hose fill weight limit set in steps of 1/100 of a Lb “Product pressurization”

.004 0 – 65 Hose Leak Test weight set in 1/100 of a Lb

.005 1 – 100 Weight per MPI pulse set in steps of 1/100 of a Lb MPI not supported in this mode

.006 n/a n/a

.007 0 – 200 No-Flow / Flow-Lost low volume filter (1/1000 of a lb)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 30 - WM061002

3.5.15 F020 – Misc Config 1, LR
F020 Set Miscellaneous Configurations 1, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Simultaneous fillings on LPG dispenser

0 Simultaneous fillings on LPG and non-LPG nozzles not allowed
1 No restrictions
2 Simultaneous fillings on LPG nozzle and other nozzle (of any
kind) not allowed

.001 0 MPI Reserved

.002 TBD Arming key authorization

.003 Hose leak test operation Also see parameters F016-F019.004 and
F022.010.
0 Hose leak test disabled
1 Test before filling on any nozzle
2 Test before filling based on control by Leak CMD from POS
3 Test before filling based on control by Authorize CMD from POS
4 Test after filling on VR nozzles
5 Test after filling on any nozzle

.004 0 – 200 Switch/Button de-bounce filter time in milliseconds.

.005 Hose fill application Hose expansion

0 Disabled
1 Pressurize during display test
2 Second clear. Flow rate analyse at start of filling

.006 CSV file delimiter

1 Comma delimiter “,”
2 Semicolon delimiter “;”

.007 0–4 Totals/Totalizers Indication To display this mode, the total buttons have
to be configured. This is done in FS50.006 &
0 = Totalizer per meter FS007.
1 = Totalizer per logical nozzle
2 = Totals per meter
3 = Totals per logical nozzle
4 = WIP Totalizer

.008 32 – 16384 Bluetooth Advertising Interval in Number of milliseconds Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)

.009 Bluetooth Advertising Type Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)

0 (default) For connectable undirected advertising
1 For connectable directed advertising
2 For scannable undirected advertising
3 For non-connectable undirected advertising

.010 Bluetooth Direct Address Type Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)

0 Public Address
1 (default) Private Random Address

.011 Motor off in suspended state

0 Motor is not turned off in suspended state
1 Motor is turned off in suspended state

© Copyright Rev 14 - 31 - WM061002

F020 Set Miscellaneous Configurations 1, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.012 USB send delay Delay before sending a USB data block,
used for iGEM2 - ServTerm communication.
0 No delay Default value = 3 ms.
1-10 Send delay (milliseconds) for each USB data block

© Copyright Rev 14 - 32 - WM061002

3.5.16 F021 – Sales Amount Calculation Configuration, LR
F021 Set Lbs Mode Limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Denomination ratio between Money and Unit Price displays

1 1/1 (money = 1 x unit price)
2 10/1 (money = 10 x unit price)
3 100/1 (money = 100 x unit price)
4 1/10 (money = unit price / 10)
5 1/100 (money = unit price / 100)
6 1/1000 (money = unit price / 1000)

.001 Count by ones or fives in least significant digit of Money display

1 Ones
2 Fives

.002 0–4 Volume digits to the right of the decimal point used in amount Recommend to be set to 5
calculation.
5 Use volume decimal point as defined in function F012.007 Also see parameter F012.007
As the unit price increases, the system
.003 Money preset configuration reaches a point when certain preset money
0 Calculate the closest volume from the money and the unit price amounts can’t be set due to the resolution
and show the actual money amount at the end of the sale. of the metering system and/or the
configured resolution of the volume used
1 Calculate the closest volume from the money and the unit price for the money calculation. Program this
but show the preset money amount at the end of sale as long as parameter to give the desired result when
the sale hasn’t reached the maximum overrun volume. this occurs.
2 Calculate a volume amount that will ensure a money amount
that is greater than or equal to the preset amount and show the
preset money amount at the end of the sale as long as the sale
hasn’t reach the maximum overrun volume (recommended).
3 Calculate a volume amount that will ensure a money amount
that is greater than or equal to the preset amount and show the
actual amount at the end of the sale.
4 In cases where it is not possible to stop on delivery limit (USCL)
due to resolution of the pulser in use, the closest stop volume is
calculated but the volume delivery limit is displayed.

.004 Money value rounding method

0 Money is Truncated to number of decimals displayed
1 Round to even. Money value is rounded up only if value is odd
and rounding digit is greater or equal to 5. (i.e. 21,2350 ->
21,24, 21,2450 -> 21,24)
2 Round up if rounding digit is greater or equal to 5 (i.e. 21,2450 -
> 21,25)

.005 Volume value rounding method

0 Volume is truncated to number of decimals displayed.
1 Round to even, volume value is rounded up only if value is odd
and rounding digit is greater or equal to 5. (i.e. 21,2350 ->
21,24, 21,2450 -> 21,24)
2 Round up if rounding digit is greater or equal to 5 (i.e. 21,2450 -
> 21,25)

.006 Default Fuelling Mode

1 CREDIT
2 CASH

.007 Money preset Stop-volume rounding method Pump must calc w same method as POS.
0 Std US iGEM method As V14.xxx.xxx

© Copyright Rev 14 - 33 - WM061002

 1 Std IEC iGEM Legacy method
2 ST1 method
3 Indonesia method

© Copyright Rev 14 - 34 - WM061002

3.5.17 F022 – Timer settings, LR
F022 Set Timer Limits, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 2 – 24 Display Test Time (units of ½ second) Also used as valve on delay time for
submersibles

.001 0 – 60 POS communication offline timeout in seconds

(0 = timeout disabled)

.002 0 – 60 Maximum time allowed for a filling in minutes

(0 = no limit)

.003 0 – 600 Maximum time pump will stay in Authorized state with nozzle in
before it terminates (seconds).

.004 0 – 15 Time delay (seconds) of valve opening first sale after unit price Shall be set to 5 for MID countries and 1 for
change from POS. other countries,

.005 4 – 100 Maximum time to “coast” at end of filling.

Set in steps of 100ms (100 → 10 seconds).

.006 0 – 1000 Stop for “no flow” time limit in seconds. 0 = disabled. Set to 1-120 for OIML compliance

.007 0 – 1000 Stop for “flow lost” time limit in seconds. 0 = disabled. Set to 1-120 for OIML compliance

.008 1 – 15 Hose leak test duration time in units of ½ seconds

(0.5 – 7.5 sec).

.009 1–5 Proportional valve flow-lost-pause time in seconds Valve will be set to low flow after this time
of flow lost.

.010 0 – 120 High/Low flow selection and Master/Satellite selection timeout

(seconds).
0 = stay active until filling is done.

.011 0 – 60 Maximum time in seconds that error code shall be displayed.

0 = Error code displayed until nozzle is returned.

.012 1 – 240 Hose fill idle time in minutes.

This is the time that must elapse from last filling before a new
hose fill session is started. If filling started prior to this time, no
hose fill session is started.

.013 Max duration of hose fill session in units of 0.1 seconds. Only used when F020.010 = 1
1 – 50 0.1 – 5.0 sec

.014 0 – 36000 Max time (in units of 0.1 seconds) allowed to stay in To prevent dispenser from being stuck in an
maintenance mode logged in via TCP/IP without any in-operational state.
maintenance mode commands being received.
0 = no limit. Default = 3000 = 5 minutes

.015 0 – 15 Timeout during which display shall not change any LR data Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
Time in seconds after a filling is completed that displays shall
not allow changes to the Amount, Volume, or Unit Price rows

.016 0-255 Number of days before Expiration Date to log error Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
Amount of days before the Certificate in DSP expires that an
error shall be triggered to indicate that the expiration date is
close.

.017 0-60 Maximum allowed time in state CALLING

0 – 60 minutes
0 = disabled, when enabled, pump will go from state CALLING to
IDLE after the time passed.

.018 0-1 LPG Valve ON Delay This is to allow electronic calibration (Fuel
movements during 1st second is ignored
Shall impose a delay of 1200 ms after entering state STARTED from the calibration volume).
before valves are opened if Product Type is set to LPG with
Electronic Calibration” (Fs23.00N = 6).

© Copyright Rev 14 - 35 - WM061002

.019 0-20 LPG Automated DMB Trigger time WSA
5 – 20 sec (0 = disabled)
Enable to operate with Automated DMB if F022.019 > 0. When
DMB is continuously activated for the time (5 – 20) it will trigger
entry to Automated mode, allowing the DMB to be released
and yet allow fuel flow.

.020 0-120 LPG Automated DMB Flow time WSA

Maximum time, after Trigger time (F022.019) that the
Automated LPG mode will run without DMB pressed.
When time has elapsed the Automated LPG mode shall not be
active anymore and flow shall stop

.021 1-15 LPG Nozzle timeout

© Copyright Rev 14 - 36 - WM061002

3.5.18 F023 – POS communication settings, LR
F023 Set POS protocol , Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Protocol
1 DART
2 Wayne Current Loop (USCL)
3 Ljungman Current Loop (LJCL)
4 Ferranti (UKCL)
5 Reserved
6 Nuovo Pignone (SINP) Set NP Current Loop or RS485 in F023.015.
7 IFSF LON
8 IFSF LON Stand Alone

.001 Baud rate Not relevant when running IFSF LON.

1 1200
2 2400
3 4800
4 9600 DART and LJCL is approved on 9600 Baud
only.
5 19200
6 38400

.002 0–1 CRC check enabled (1)

.003 Protocol dialect

1–5 DART :
1 = German dialect
2 = Scandinavian dialect
3 = Scandinavian dialect 2
4 = Scandinavian dialect 3
5 = Scandinavian dialect 4
Ljungman (LJCL):
1 = German dialect
2 = Scandinavian dialect 1
3 = Scandinavian dialect 2 (Scandinavian dialect 2 differs
compared to 1 by using GRM of block 0 based on RTU instead of
DTU)
IFSF (IFSF LON and IFSF LON stand alone):
1 = Do not request configuration after reset
2 = Request configuration after reset
3 = As dialect 1 without normalised unit prices
4 = As dialect 2 with alternate Logical Nozzle Mask handling for
Prima POS (Shell Poland)
Nuovo Pignone (SINP):
Always enter FILLING COMPLETE on nozzle return (including
grade change).
1 = Yes
2 = No
3 = No (CPC dialect)
US current loop:
1 = Standard US behaviour
2 = Standard IEC behaviour for Msg 40
3 = IEC behaviour and auto clear for E270
4 = IEC behaviour, force cash mode
5 = IEC behaviour, force cash mode and auto clear E270

© Copyright Rev 14 - 37 - WM061002

F023 Set POS protocol , Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

Ferranti:
1 = KCU45A standard protocol
2 = KCU45S standard protocol
3 = KCU45A extended protocol
4 = KCU45S extended protocol
ATCL: Not used.

.004 0–1 Report DART alarms at end of filling.

.005 Transaction payable only if nozzle has been returned Used for IFSF.
0 Disabled. Allow payment when new transaction exist.
1 Require LPG nozzles to be returned in order to be payable.
2 Require any type nozzles to be returned in order to be payable.

.006 0 – 20 Delay response to POS (milliseconds) Can be set in case POS poll the pump
excessively putting too much load on iGEM.

.007 Product change allowed after fuelling started

1 Nozzle change allowed, fuelling point remains authorized
2 Nozzle change not allowed, fuelling point authorization
cancelled.
3 Product select button change not allowed without
replacing/removing nozzle, fuelling point remains authorized
4 Product select button change not allowed without
replacing/removing nozzle, fuelling point authorization
cancelled.

.008 0–1 Block Authorize command before nozzle has been lifted. Used for IFSF.

.009 POS delivery limit handling “Use” in this context mean that it is used for
further evaluation also against default
0 Use last received delivery limit received from POS regardless if limits of F015 and any local pre-set value.
there has been one of smaller volume received before since
after previous filling ended.
1 Use the delivery limit from POS only if it corresponds to a
volume smaller than other limit received since after previous
filling ended.

.010 Physical COM channel for POS communication

1 UART0 (Std) All protocols of F023.000
2 CAN-bus (ID-POS) USCL, IFSF
3 Expansion com bridge (TCP/IP) IFSF
4 Reserved Not implemented yet

.011 USCL price handling

0 Standard USCL behaviour Default
1 Copy received CREDIT prices to CASH price DB to be used also To be used for Wawa
for CASH mode fillings.
2 Copy received CASH prices to CASH price DB to be used also for
CREDIT mode fillings.

.012 0 Default Work-around for first rev (01) of I/O-board

WU016738-000x
1 Invert UART0 Rx and DIR signals as work-around.

.013 0–1 Totals/Totalizers type sent to the POS

0 = Totals
1 = Totalizers

.014 0-999999 Max POS Money Limit

0 = function disabled, local preset enabled

© Copyright Rev 14 - 38 - WM061002

F023 Set POS protocol , Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

1-999999= Local preset disabled, POS money limit displayed up

to parameter setting

.015 0 Nuovo Pignone (SINP) on NPCL piggyback board

1 Nuovo Pignone (SINP) on RS485

3.5.19 F024 – DAUP protocol settings, LR

F024 Set DAUP / display protocol, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 1–8 Baud rate Not used. Fixed at 460800 bps as per specs

.001 1 – 255 Maximum DAUP device address Not used

.002 1 – 50 Maximum response timeout in tenths of milliseconds Not used. Hard coded to 2ms as per spec.

.003 1 – 100 Maximum inter-character timeout tenths of milliseconds Not used.

3.5.20 F025 – ATC general configuration, LR

F025 Set general ATC parameters, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 1–2 ATC calculation method Not used

.001 0–1 ATC Evaluation Mode enabled Use Gross data for sales as if no ATC but
store compensated data in S005 for statistic
evaluation purposes.

.002 0–1 Enable display of Gross Volume when in ATC W&M mode Will display NET volume if set to 0

.003 0 Enter ATC W&M mode IEC via CRC-button. Pressing CRC-button a 2nd time while ATC
FW info is displayed (when in CRC view
1 Enter ATC W&M mode Canada via CRC-button mode) will enter ATC W&M mode (same as
if setting F001.000 = 3 or 5)
Exit to normal mode by entering CRC view
mode and NOT pressing the CRC-button a
2nd time.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 39 - WM061002

3.5.21 F026 – Meter specific ATC configurations, LR
F026 Set meter specific ATC parameters, Legally Relevant
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub value Description Notes

.0mm Product Type Indication on sales display

0 No product
1 Gasoline GA
2 Diesel
dL
3 LPG
LP
4 Ethanol/Water mix
Et
5 DEF/AdBlue
6 Ethanol/Gasoline mix Ad
7 Home fuel EG
8 – 16 Future use HF
.1mm Product density
600 – 770 Gasoline
788 – 840 Diesel
500 – 600 LPG
800 – 999 Ethanol/Water mix
500 – 999 DEF/AdBlue
0 – 85 Ethanol/Gasoline mix
839 – 1200 Home fuel

.2mm 0 – 10 Probe Number (0 = no ATC configured)

.3mm -0.7 to +0.7 Probe offset in Celsius (°C)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 40 - WM061002

3.5.22 F027 – EMT and Fiscal Counters Config, LR
F027 Set EMT & Fiscal counters Configurations, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 EMT configuration See separate documentation for physical

connections.
1 One EMT per meter Increments per Lnoz are handling overrun
suppression in same way as totals.
2 One EMT per GHM/WIP
3 One EMT per logical nozzle. Max 4 sides/FPs. Max 6 lnoz per side pair A/C and B/D

4 One EMT per logical nozzle with reversed EMT orientation on Max 6 lnoz per side A & B
side B. Max 2 sides/FPs.
5 One EMT per logical nozzle with reversed EMT orientation on Max 6 lnoz per side A & B
side A. Max 2 sides/FPs.

.001 EMT type

1 Std 24V pulse control Only 24V type available for now.
2 EMT connected on DAUP

.002 Maximum allowed number of EMT errors sensed

0 Disabled No error logged. Setting used if not
configured to have EMT.
1 Don’t allow any error. Log error immediately but don’t retry to Pulse is lost but error is logged immediately.
output a failed pulse/increment again.
2 – 20 Retry the configured number of failed increments then log error Retry will be done only first X times per
if unsuccessful with sub-sequent behaviour as above when Reset. Any subsequent failures will not be
F014.004=1. re-tried but will result in same behaviour as
if set = 1 (increment is lost, and error is
logged.

.003 0–1 Reverse EMT orientation Not used

.004 0–1 Update Logical Nozzle Totals (Ss01) and Totalizers (Ss11) based
on grade code assigned in Fs30.04n.
0 = disabled, 1 = Enabled

© Copyright Rev 14 - 41 - WM061002

3.5.23 F028 – Proportional valve configurations, LR
F028 Set Proportional valve Configurations, Legally Relevant

Sub value Description Notes

.000 Proportional valve operation mode

1 Normal operation
2 Valve test mode. Ramp test.
Going from 0% to 100% duty cycle and from 100% to 0% duty
cycle in 1% steps. This for all valves configured on the active
logical nozzle. Time staying on each step is configurable in
F073.014.
3 Valve test mode. Fix duty cycle test. The duty cycles are set in
F073.015 and F073.016.

.001 Short term flow rate averaging algorithm

1 Period. Period time set in F028.002
2 Moving average over specified number of CC messages.
Number of CC messages set in F028.0002

.002 1-50 Depending on F028.001 this parameter has different meaning.

F028.001 = 1
Flow rate average time 10ms to 500ms in 10ms steps. E.g 12 =
120ms average time
F028.001 = 2
Number of CC messages used for flow rate average. Number of
CC messages max out at 20 messages all values above this are
interpreted as 20 messages.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 42 - WM061002

3.5.24 F029 – Premium Diesel Additive Configuration, LR
F029 configures number of turns (revolution) pre-defined for additive motor, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.001 0 No additive for logical product #1 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #1 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.002 0 No additive for logical product #2 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #2 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.003 0 No additive for logical product #3 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #3 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.004 0 No additive for logical product #4 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #4 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.005 0 No additive for logical product #5 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #5 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.006 0 No additive for logical product #6 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #6 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.007 0 No additive for logical product #7 (default).

1 – 15 Number of additive motor’s revolution for logical product #7 4 motor revolutions = 17ml per litre of fuel

.008 0 No calibration (default).

1 Additive calibration of side A only
2 Additive calibration of side B only
3 Additive calibration of both sides
4 No additive. This sub-function allows W&M agent to measure
diesel only.

.009 Additive firmware’s version

.010 Additive firmware’s checksum

3.5.24.1 Viewing Additive Tank Level

To view live additive tank level, do the following steps:
1. Enter Weights & Measures mode by pressing “CLEAR” key on remote control.
2. Press “0” (zero) to display additive tank level in litres.

60.0
LitEr5
X

AdtL

Note that if dispenser cannot obtain tank level from additive controller (i.e. CAN bus issue), “No Level report” will be shown.

noLEvEL
rEPort
X

AdtL

© Copyright Rev 14 - 43 - WM061002

 3. Press “CLEAR” key twice to stop displaying additive tank level and go back to Weights & Measures viewing.

3.5.25 F030 – Per Meter General configuration, LR

F030 Set per meter configurations, Legally Relevant
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub value Description Notes

.0mm Meter type

1 WIP WIP, XWIP, LPG WIP
2 LC encoder with PPM board, pulse weight (1223 ppG) PCM board
3 E85 encoder with PPM board, pulse weight (
4 XWIP
5 E+H LPG Coriolis meter
6 E+H CNG Coriolis meter
7 Micro Motion CNG Coriolis meter

.1mm 1 – 62 Maximum allowed reverse/error pulses during a filling

.2mm 0 – 99 Maximum allowed error pulses on IDLE meter

.3mm 0 – 99 Maximum allowed reverse pulses on IDLE meter

.4mm 0 – 99 Maximum allowed forward flow pulses on IDLE meter Different errors are triggered if limit is
reached when one or more FP is active
compared to if all FP’s are in-active (more
severe).

3.5.26 F031 – General Meter Configuration, LR

F031 Set general meter parameters, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Unit of measure

1 Liter
2 US Gallon
3 Imperial Gallon
4 Reserved
5 Reserved

.001 0–1 Check for pulser/encoder increments having occurred between

power cycles.

.002 0 – 60 Suppress Close-To-Zero-Flow pulse increments.

.003 0–1 Meter simulation mode Require PRG_LOAD switch to be un-

protected and no meters can be connected.

.004 0–1 Require confirmation on pulser/meter replacement. Confirmation by O701.001 = 1

© Copyright Rev 14 - 44 - WM061002

3.5.27 F032 – Wayne Meter Configuration, LR
F032 Set parameters specific to Wayne meters, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 1 – 64 Hysteresis for reverse rotation of meter LC-meter: F032.000 x 25

Xflo: F032.000 x 4

.001 0–1 Pulse weight. Not used

.002 Baudrate
1 9600 bps
2 19200 bps
3 38400 bps
4 57600 bps
5 115200 bps Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
6 230400 bps
7 460800 bps

.003 WIP protocol revision Enables encrypted communication with Xflo

(Phase II).
0–1 0 = Std WIP protocol Can’t be combined with iMeter/WIP
1 = Encrypted measurement data

3.5.28 F033 – Coriolis Meter Configuration, LR

F033 Set parameters specific to Coriolis meters, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Coriolis meter volume calculation method

0 Measured density, no temperature compensation (default)
1 Fixed LPG density Density set in F033.001mm
2 LPG API Table 53 is used Temperature compensation based on
measured temperature and density

.001 500 – 600 Fixed LPG density (Kg / m3)

.002 0 – 100 Hysteresis for revere flow (ml)

.003 0 – 300 Low flow cut off (ml/minute)

.004 0 – 100 Pressure shock suppression time (ms)

.005 0 – 200 Flow damping time (ms)

.006 0 – 10 Poll rate for transaction request two (2)

(number of 100ms steps)

.007 0–1 Enable re-transmit of transaction polls

.008 0 – 40 Transaction poll timeout offset (ms)

.009 Modbus Master Baudrate

1 2400
2 4800
3 9600
4 19200
5 38400

Changing settings of parameters above (except .006 - .008) require that W&M switch on the meter is in unprotected position.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 45 - WM061002

3.5.29 F034 – Per E+H Coriolis Meter configuration, LR
F034 Set per meter configurations, Legally Relevant
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub value Description Notes

.0mm 0.99000 to Density correction factor

1.01000

.1mm 0.99000 to Temperature correction factor

1.01000

.2mm -20 to +20 Density correction offset set in steps of 1/10 of a Kg/m3

.3mm -20 to +20 Temperature correction offset set in steps of 1/10 of a degree °C

Changing settings of parameters above require that W&M switch on the meter is in unprotected position.

3.5.30 F035 – F038 Reserved for future CNG configurations, LR

© Copyright Rev 14 - 46 - WM061002

3.5.31 F041 – Spare Output options, LR
F041 Set option per spare output, Legally Relevant
SS = spare output 1 – 62

sub value Description Notes

.0SS Spare output option Green light:

Light OFF when nozzle replaced until
0 Disabled. Output not used. cashed, otherwise ON.
1 Side A: Green light Red light:
2 Side B: Green light Idle state = OFF, nozzle out = OFF,
volume > suppressed volume = OFF,
3 Side C: Green light nozzle in = ON, filling cashed = OFF
4 Side D: Green light Red light alternating:
Idle state = OFF, nozzle out = OFF,
5 Side A: Red light
volume > suppressed volume = ON,
6 Side B: Red light nozzle in = FLASHING, filling cashed =
OFF
7 Side C: Red light
OPT Light (ON or Blinking):
8 Side D: Red light Controlled by DART CD7.
9 Side A: Red light alternating Green Light via IFSF:
10 Side B: Red light alternating Controlled by Drive_Off_Light_Switch
and OPT_Light_Switch
11 Side C: Red light alternating
12 Side D: Red light alternating
13 Side A: OPT Light on continuously
14 Side B: OPT Light on continuously
15 Side C: OPT Light on continuously
16 Side D: OPT Light on continuously
17 Side A: OPT Light on blinking
18 Side B: OPT Light on blinking
19 Side C: OPT Light on blinking
20 Side D: OPT Light on blinking
21 Side A: Green light via IFSF
22 Side B: Green light via IFSF
23 Side C: Green light via IFSF
24 Side D: Green light via IFSF
25 Side A: VRM self-check
26 Side B: VRM self-check
27 Side C: VRM self-check
28 Side D: VRM self-check
29 Side A: MPI pulse
30 Side B: MPI pulse
31 Side C: MPI pulse
32 Side D: MPI pulse
33 Side A: MPI FP reset complete
34 Side B: MPI FP reset complete
35 Side C: MPI FP reset complete
36 Side D: MPI FP reset complete
37 Side A: MPI nozzle out
38 Side B: MPI nozzle out
39 Side C: MPI nozzle out

© Copyright Rev 14 - 47 - WM061002

F041 Set option per spare output, Legally Relevant
SS = spare output 1 – 62

sub value Description Notes

40 Side D: MPI nozzle out

41 MPI Reserved
42 MPI Reserved
43 MPI Reserved
44 MPI Reserved
45 MPI Reserved
46 MPI Reserved
47 MPI Reserved
48 MPI Reserved
49 Side A: Block nozzle out
50 Side B: Block nozzle out
51 Side C: Block nozzle out
52 Side D: Block nozzle out
53 Block nozzle out pump
54 Side A: Cash button status
55 Side B: Cash button status
56 Side C: Cash button status
57 Side D: Cash button status
58 Side A: Speaker relay output
59 Side B: Speaker relay output
60 Side C: Speaker relay output
61 Side D: Speaker relay output
62 Oil barrel refill signal
63 Not used.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 48 - WM061002

3.5.32 F042 – Spare Input options, LR
F042 Set option per spare input, Legally Relevant
SS = raw switch inputs 1-172

sub value Description Notes

.SSS 0 Spare Input is not used

1 Extra CRC/Maintenance button
2 Tank level side A Tank level can be used for sump water
detection (Australia). Severity level
3 Tank level side B should then be set to SEMI_FATAL
4 Tank level side C (F551.334 = 3)

5 Tank level side D

6 Block nozzle lift side A
7 Block nozzle lift side B
8 Block nozzle lift side C
9 Block nozzle lift side D
10 Block nozzle lifts on pump
11 Oil barrel low
12 Oil barrel high
15 Reserved

See chapter 12 for switch input information

© Copyright Rev 14 - 49 - WM061002

3.5.33 F043 – Spare UARTs 3 and 5 settings, LR
F043 Set parameters controlling how UART3 and UART5 shall operate and for what applications, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 UART 3 Channel 1 Application

0 Disabled

1 Reserved

2 Reserved

3 Modbus Master

4 Receipt printer 1

.001 UART 3 Channel 2 Application

0 Disabled
1 Reserved
2 Reserved
3 Modbus Master
4 Receipt printer 2

.002 UART 5 Application

0 Disabled
1 GVR GMP
2 VRM Diagnostic Protocol

.003 UART 3 Channel 1 Baudrate Setting F043.000 application to Receipt

Printer will override the baud rate
1 2400 setting and us 9600 as required by
2 4800 printer.

3 9600
4 19200
5 38400

.004 UART 3 Channel 2 Baudrate Setting F043.001 application to Receipt

Printer will override the baud rate
1 2400 setting and us 9600 as required by
2 4800 printer.

3 9600
4 19200
5 38400

.005 UART 5 Baudrate

1 2400
2 4800
3 9600
4 19200
5 38400

3.5.34 F044 – Reserved for SPI channel 0 settings, LR

© Copyright Rev 14 - 50 - WM061002

3.5.35 F045 – SPI channel 2 settings, LR
F045 Configure SPI Channel 2 settings, Legally Relevant
a = application
1 = not used
2 = TCP/IP Bridge Config
3 = iSense over TCP/IP Bridge (Remove service and diagnostics)
4 = POS over TCP/IP Bridge
5 = TBD
6 = TBD
7 = TBD
8 = TBD
9 = TBD

sub value Description Notes

.a00 Chip select TCP/IP Bridge use chip select 1.

0 0 = Application not enabled If running any TCP/IP apps, app 1 (Config) must also be
enabled.
1 1 = Chip select PCS100
2 2 = Chip select PCS110

.a01 Use DMA

0 Disabled (use Busy-wait)
1 Enabled

.a02 Baudrate
1 24 Mbit/sec 24 Mbit/sec SCK is asymmetric (33/67)
2 18 Mbit/sec
3 12 Mbit/sec
4 9 Mbit/sec
5 6 Mbit/sec
6 1.8 Mbit/sec
7 750 Kbit/sec

.a03 0–3 Number of re-transmit If NAK on DATA transmit

.a04 10 – 250 Time between Poll in Normal operating mode (ms)

.a05 3 – 250 Time between POLL in Maintenance Mode (ms)

.a06 1 – 15 Slave response delay (in number of 100us steps) Effective delay might be 1 step less.
Delay between every transfer to give slave time to Example: 5 = 400-500us.
handle data and prepare response.

.a07 Chip select mode

0 Assert / de-assert chip select for every byte
transferred.

1 Assert / De-assert chip select for every packet

transferred

.a08 8 Frame size (8 bits)

.a09 Clock phase

0 Data captured on leading edge (negative flank)
1 Data captured on following edge (positive flank)

.a10 0–8 Pre-clock delay CSSCK field of SPI2_CSAR0 register

.a11 0–8 Post-clock delay ASC field of SPI2_CSAR0 register

© Copyright Rev 14 - 51 - WM061002

.a12 0–8 Delay between frames (bytes) ADT field of SPI2_CSAR0 register

© Copyright Rev 14 - 52 - WM061002

3.5.36 F046 – Receipt Printer Configuration, LR
F046 Receipt Printer Configuration, LR

sub value Description Notes

.000 Printer activated

0
Not activated (default)
1
One printer serves all sides.
Serves either A; or A + B; or A, B, C + D.
2
Two printers.
Printer 1 serves A; or A + C.
Printer 2 serves B; or B + D.

.001 Allow fueling in case of printer fault

0 No Handle as per severity levels
1 Yes (default) Disregards severity levels

.002 Receipt Button functionality

Print automatically after filling
0 Disabled (default)
Print on button-press if S-A
1 Stand-Alone mode only
Print on button press
2 Stand-Alone and POS mode

.003 Number of receipt copies

0 – 99 Default = 9

.004 Minimum time between receipts

1 – 10 Seconds, (default = 1s)

.005 Number of lines in form-feed

5 – 20
Default = 5

.006 Vehicle ID type

0
Not required (default)
1
Numeric Data
2
Alphanumeric data

.007 Vehicle ID
0
Not Mandatory, print nothing if blank (default)
1
Not Mandatory, print text F046.024 if blank
2 – 12
Mandatory, minimum expected number of entered digits

.008 Logotype
0 None
1 Use downloaded logotype

Max size Receipt template strings

.009 14 char Product 1 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.010 14 char Product 2 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.011 14 char Product 3 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.012 14 char Product 4 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.013 14 char Product 5 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.014 14 char Product 6 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.015 14 char Product 7 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.016 14 char Product 8 Name Replaces “%8” in receipt

.017 1 char Decimal point character

.018 3 char Currency Symbol Replaces “%18” in receipt

© Copyright Rev 14 - 53 - WM061002

.019 3 char Measuring unit Replaces “%19” in receipt

.020 11 char Volume text Replaces “%20” in receipt

.021 11 char Amount text Replaces “%21” in receipt

.022 11 char Unit price text Replaces “%22” in receipt

.023 7 char Copy text Replaces “%10” in receipt

.024 15 char Vehicle void text Replaces “%11” in receipt

.025 23 char Extra Text 1 Replaces “%25” in receipt

.026 23 char Extra Text 2 Replaces “%26” in receipt

.027 23 char Extra Text 3 Replaces “%27” in receipt

.028 23 char Extra Text 4 Replaces “%28” in receipt

.029 23 char Extra Text 5 Replaces “%29” in receipt

.030 27 char Receipt template lines 1 to 25.

to
.054 Text using the format described below.

For more information, see Helix Printer Addendum Manual WM079369

3.5.37 F047 – CAN bus settings, LR

F047 Set CAN bus operation, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 10000 Large message Tx Timeout (milliseconds)

.001 0 – 10000 Large message Rx Timeout (milliseconds)

.002 0 – 200 Max number of re-transmits

.003 0–1 CAN large message handling mode

0 = Remote Frame (Default)
1 = Sequence Number / Multi Block

© Copyright Rev 14 - 54 - WM061002

3.5.38 F048 – TCP/IP bridge settings, LR
F048 Set TCP/IP bridge settings Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 255 POS protocol IP-address xxx.---.---.---

.001 0 – 255 POS protocol IP-address ---.xxx.---.---

.002 0 – 255 POS protocol IP-address ---.---.xxx. ---

.003 0 – 255 POS protocol IP-address ---.---.---.xxx

.004 0 – 65535 POS protocol IP port#

.005 0 – 255 iSense IP-address xxx.---.---.---

.006 0 – 255 iSense IP-address ---.xxx.---.---

.007 0 – 255 iSense IP-address ---.---.xxx. ---

.008 0 – 255 iSense IP-address ---.---.---.xxx

.009 0 – 65535 iSense IP port# Default 11012

.010 0 – 65535 iSense Host Timeout in seconds Default 65535 sec

.011 0 – 15 000 000 iMX6 SPI speed Default 3 000 000 bps

.012 0 – 9999 iMX6 SPI delay in us Default 750 us

.013 0–1 Use DHCP or not (1 = Yes, 0 = No) Default Yes

.014 - .029 only relevant if DHCP = No

.014 0 – 255 Core IP-address xxx.---.---.---

.015 0 – 255 Core IP-address ---.xxx.---.---

.016 0 – 255 Core IP-address ---.---.xxx. ---

.017 0 – 255 Core IP-address ---.---.---.xxx

.018 0 – 255 Core Net Mask xxx.---.---.---

.019 0 – 255 Core Net Mask ---.xxx.---.---

.020 0 – 255 Core Net Mask ---.---.xxx. ---

.021 0 – 255 Core Net Mask ---.---.---.xxx

.022 0 – 255 Core Gateway xxx.---.---.---

.023 0 – 255 Core Gateway ---.xxx.---.---

.024 0 – 255 Core Gateway ---.---.xxx. ---

.025 0 – 255 Core Gateway ---.---.---.xxx

.026 0 – 255 Core DNS xxx.---.---.---

.027 0 – 255 Core DNS ---.xxx.---.---

.028 0 – 255 Core DNS ---.---.xxx. ---

.029 0 – 255 Core DNS ---.---.---.xxx

.030 0–1 TLS security on POS protocol application (1 = Yes, 0 = No) Default No. Must be synced with Host.

iGEM must be Reset after Exit and Save in order for changes to take effect.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 55 - WM061002

3.5.39 F050 – General Local Preset configuration, non LR
F050 General Local Preset Configuration
Sub value Description Notes
.000 Operation Mode
1 Money amount only entry
2 Volume amount only entry
3 Default to money, toggle by button
4 Default to volume, toggle by button
.001 Preset required before filling
1 Not required
2 Required
.002 Fill Mode Display
1 Display “-----“ when fill key pressed
2 Display “FILL” when fill key pressed
.003 Preset Mode Display
1 Display “ “ (blank) on amount/volume during preset
2 Display “------“ on amount/volume display during preset
3 Display “Preset” on amount/volume display during preset
.004 Preset Entry Timeout
0-180 Setting is in seconds, 0 = disabled
.005 Preset Entry Accumulation *alpha not supported yet
1 Values are accumulated (added)
2 Values are scrolled on display
3 Values are alphanumeric
.006 First Digit Entry for Amount
1-7 Digit 1 is rightmost digit
.007 First Digit Entry for Volume
1-6 Digit 1 is rightmost digit
.008 Preset Output Display
1 Use preset display
2 Use sales display
3 Use service display
.009 Anti-Fraud behaviour
1 Disabled
2 Enabled, any key clears last sale, noz return clears preset

.010 N/A Reserved Moved to F023.014

.011 0 – 15 Local Preset Block Time

Number of seconds, after filling ended and Nozzles are in,
that Local Preset entry shall not be possible.
0 = disabled

© Copyright Rev 14 - 56 - WM061002

3.5.40 F051 – Local Preset Round-off configuration, non LR
F051 Local Preset Round-off Configuration
Sub value Description Notes
.000 Money round-off digit (round-up)
2-7 2 = round to 2nd digit from the right, e.g.128 will stop at
130
3 = round to 3rd digit from the right, e.g. 1289 will stop at
1300
4 = round to 4th digit from the right, e.g. 12891 will stop
at 13000
5 = round to 5th digit from the right, e.g. 128910 will stop
at 130000
6 = round to 6th digit from the right, e.g. 1289100 will
stop at 1300000
7 = round to 7th digit from the right, e.g. 12891000 will
stop at 130000000
.001 2-4 Volume round-off digit (round-up)
2 = round to 2nd digit from the right, e.g.128 will stop at
130
3 = round to 3rd digit from the right, e.g. 1289 will stop at
1300
4 = round to 4th digit from the right, e.g. 12789 will stop
at 13000

3.5.41 F052 – Local Preset Button configuration, non LR

F052 Local Preset Configuration 2
bb = button# (1 – 48), sk = softkey value (1-48)
Sub value Description Notes
.0bb Preset button functionality
0 Disabled
1-48 select softkey value #1-48
49 select money
50 select volume
51 toggle
52 select FILL
53 select preset value iX (Not used)
54 clear
55 enter
56 reset
.1sk 0 –9999999 Softkey value For 0-9 keypad (scrolling entry): .101 =
1, .102 = 2….,.110 = 0,
For accumulating entry, $1, $5, $10
use full value:
.101 = 1, .102 = 5, .103 = 10, …
Alphanumeric:
‘1’- .101 = 49, ‘2’-.102 = 50, …

© Copyright Rev 14 - 57 - WM061002

3.5.42 F053 – Vapor Recovery configuration, non LR
F053 VR Configuration

sub value Description Notes

.000 Type of VR system

0 Disabled
1 Bürkert
2 Nuovo Pignone Similar to Bürkert but error codes are
ignored
3 Dover VR (Calibration per Side)
4 Dover VR (Calibration per nozzle)

.001 0–1 Correct pulse output based on “simple manual calibration” Use K-factor 1

.002 90 – 115 VR K-factor 1 (%)

Default = 114 (Dürr pump)

.003 90 – 115 K-factor 2 (%) General adjustment factor to offset (up or

down) existing control in case ratio is too
Default = 100 (no adjustment) high or too low over the complete range.

.004 0 – 25 Six Step Dry Test time in seconds. 0 = disabled. Used for daily manual check using remote
control.

.005 1-2 Dover VR number of motors 1 = Single motor (Default), 2 = Dual motor

© Copyright Rev 14 - 58 - WM061002

3.5.43 F054 – VRM configuration, non LR
F054 Vapor Recovery Monitoring system Configuration

sub value Description Notes

.000 VRM application WSA Protected

0 Disabled
1 Vapour Gate
2 VR status indication via LEDCOM
3 Dover VR Closed Loop

.001 0 – 168 VRM Shut down timer (hours). Timer activated on 10 consecutive
0 = disable shut down functionality erroneous VRM fillings.
WSA Protected

.002 1–5 Vapour Gate averaging time (seconds)

.003 0–1 Enable Self Adjusting VR using Vapour Gate WSA Protected

.004 0–1 Not used

.005 0–1 Wait until 60 seconds of No-Flow until VRM transaction is Must be set to 1 for TÜV compliance.
considered ended and is stored WSA Protected

.006 0 – 25 Maximum number of VRM fillings allowed without receiving

polling from VRM Diagnostic protocol. 0 = Disabled. F043.002 = 2

.007 Vapour Gate OFF2 trigger levels.

0 OFF2 for frequencies over 12Hz
1 OFF2 for frequencies over 100Hz
2 OFF2 for frequencies over 1kHz (default)
3 Ghost pulse and frequency timeout 60 seconds.
4 Ghost pulse and frequency timeout 60 seconds and OFF2 for
frequencies over 100Hz
Dover VR Closed Loop OFF2 triggers
0 OFF2 when VFM is non-operational or Dover VR
communication is lost
1 OFF2 when VFM is non-operational
2 OFF2 when Dover VR communication is lost
3 OFF2 disabled

.008 Vapour gate self-check options

0 OFF1 due to Self-check failure per individual nozzle
1 Self-check failure treated as any failed VRM filling (per side)

.009 0 – 16 VRM diagnostic protocol address offset F043.002 = 2

.010 1 – 10 Max consecutive erroneous filling Not used by Vapour Gate or Dover VR
Closed Loop VRM system, which always
Used by VR status indication. have 10 consecutive erroneous fillings.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 59 - WM061002

3.5.44 F055 – Motor feedback per motor, non LR
F055 Set motor feedback behaviour
m = motor (1-6)

sub value Description Notes

.00m Motor feedback behaviour

0 Disabled and no load measured
1 Disabled but load is measured
2 Enabled to check when output is active. Only use threshold levels .4mm and .5mm
3 Enabled to check when output is active and inactive.

.01m Method of recovery

0 By Reset or Power-cycle or below.
1 By Exit from maintenance mode or below. E.g. by pressing CRC-button or by iSense
2 By Operation O754.000

.02m 0 – 65535 Inactive Output Feedback Threshold Low

.03m 0 – 65535 Inactive Output Feedback Threshold High

.04m 0 – 65535 Active Output Feedback Threshold Low

.05m 0 – 65535 Active Output Feedback Threshold High

3.5.45 F056 – Filter clogging detection

F056 Set filter clogging application settings

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 15 Number of consecutive fillings of low flow rate before triggering Limit configured in F056.001
error/indication
Indication via LEDCOM if configured to.
0 = disabled
Require WSA access

.001 10 – 100 Minimum flow rate level in % of target flow rate.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 60 - WM061002

3.5.46 F057 – General Bezel User guidance settings, non LR
F057 General bezel user guidance settings

sub value Description Notes

.000 Variable blink rate

0 Disabled. Blink rate is set to 1Hz
1 Enabled. Settings in F058.0bb is used

.001 0–1 Force RGB operation Required to be enabled for use with buttons
running FW version 1 (iGEM-1).

.002 Button lights behaviour

0 Button lights are disabled.
1 Button lights are enabled and OFF during idle
2 Button lights are enabled and ON during idle
3 Button lights are enabled and blinking during idle

.003 Button lights behaviour when product is selected. Only used if button lights are enabled
(F057.002 <> 0)
1 Button lights are OFF
2 Button lights are ON
3 Button lights are blinking

.004 Nozzle guidance arrow mapping

0 Nozzle 1&3 located to the left on side A
1 Nozzle 2&3 located to the left on side A

.005 LEDCOM 1 application

0 Disabled
1 VR status Red/Green See section 6.11.2
2 VRM status Red See section 6.10.2
3 Vapour Gate Frequency indication Yellow
4 Nozzle guidance arrows, type 1 Blue/Green
5 Nozzle guidance arrows, type 2 Blue/Green
6 Filter clogged indication Blue
7 Additive empty tank indication Red/Green See section 6.16.2

.006 LEDCOM 2 application

0 Disabled
1 VR status Red/Green See section 6.11.2
2 VRM status Red See section 6.10.2
3 Vapour Gate Frequency indication Yellow
4 Nozzle guidance arrows, type 1 Blue/Green
5 Nozzle guidance arrows, type 2 Blue/Green
6 Filter clogged indication Blue
7 Additive empty tank indication Red/Green See section 6.16.2

.007 LEDCOM 3 application

0 Disabled
1 VR status Red/Green See section 6.11.2
2 VRM status Red See section 6.10.2
3 Vapour Gate Frequency indication Yellow
4 Nozzle guidance arrows, type 1 Blue/Green
5 Nozzle guidance arrows, type 2 Blue/Green
6 Filter clogged indication Blue
7 Additive empty tank indication Red/Green See section 6.16.2

.008 0–1 Enable TFI guide light

.009 00 00 00 – TFI guide light RGB colour code, RRGGBB 2 digits (0-99) red, 2 digits (0-99) green, 2
99 99 99 digits (0-99) blue

.010 Indication of VR, VRM, additive tank level, filter clogging

0 Disabled
1 - 10 Enabled, service row alternate times 1 to 10 seconds

Nominal values for common colour codes: See F058

© Copyright Rev 14 - 61 - WM061002

3.5.46.1 Comment to F057.010.
If F057.010 is non-zero, the following indications are enabled.

• VR status error indication. See section 6.11.2.

• VR monitoring. See section 6.10.2.

• Additive tank level indication. See section 6.16.2. F057.010 defines the swap time in seconds in the case that several texts
alternate on the service row.

• Filter clogged indication. If the filter is clogged the text “Filter” is displayed on the service line of the display. If additive tank
level is active the service row is shared i.e. the service row switches between the indication texts currently active. F057.010
defines the swap time in seconds.

3.5.47 F058 – Per Button User guidance settings, non LR

F058 Per button user guidance settings
b = button lamp (49 – 65) Button lamp number corresponds to button number.

Sub value Description Notes

.0bb 2 – 20 Blink rate per 10 seconds. Example: 20 = 20 times per 10 seconds = 2

times per second.
0 = disabled

.1bb 00 00 00 – Non-selected button RGB colour code, RRGGBB 2 digits (0-99) red, 2 digits (0-99) green, 2
99 99 99 digits (0-99) blue

.2bb 00 00 00 – Selected button RGB colour code, RRGGBB 2 digits (0-99) red, 2 digits (0-99) green, 2
99 99 99 digits (0-99) blue

.3bb 0-100 Intensity in % for button

.4bb 0-1 Soft Blink Enabled 1 on, 0 off

Either configure colour by setting parameter to values manually e.g. by selection below. Alternatively, use the operation
O756 as described in separate section.
Nominal values for common colour codes:

Colour Value

Red 990000

Green 009900

Blue 000099

Yellow 999900

Magenta 990099

Cyan 009999

White 999999

Blue Violet 541789

Dark Orange 995500

Dark Turquoise 008080

3.5.48 F059 – Reserved for DEF/AdBlue configuration, non LR

© Copyright Rev 14 - 62 - WM061002

3.5.49 F060 – Annunciator configuration, non LR
F060 Beeper/Annunciator configuration

sub value Description Notes

.000 0–1 Beep for button push

.001 0–1 Repeat annunciator beep if physical nozzle out and Push-to-
start (or grade select) NOT satisfied

.002 0–1 Beep for physical nozzle lift

.003 Beep annunciator once for each eight’s, blanks and zeros
0 Disabled
1–3 Length of each beep in nof 100ms.

.004 0–1 Authorization alert

.005 Nozzle out alert

0 Disabled
1 – 60 Nof seconds of zero flow in state FILLING or higher until it starts
to beep. Beep until flow resumed or nozzle is returned. E.g. 110 = 110-60 = 50 seconds.
61 – 120 Nof seconds ( -60) of zero flow in state STARTED or higher until
it start to beep. Beep until flow resumed or nozzle is returned.

.006 0–1 Five short beeps in series on nozzle return when VRM timer is
activated

© Copyright Rev 14 - 63 - WM061002

3.5.50 F061 – Misc config, non LR
F061 Setting of various non LR parameters

sub value Description Notes

.000 Stop button Mode

1 Terminate filling of side
2 Terminate fillings on all sides
3 Close complete pump

.001 1 Enable iX-Media EMEA

2 Enable T-Media
3 Enable Anthem 12”

.002 Delay Nozzle lift if too soon after Nozzle returned Depend on setting of F068.002 “Minimum time between
fillings”. If disabled and nozzle is lifted within <F068.002>
0 Disabled time from nozzle return, then the nozzle lift is ignored,
1 Enabled and nozzle have to be returned and lifted again.
If enabled, then the nozzle lift is delayed until the time
<F068.002> has passed.

.003 0 – 50 Poll rate of switches/buttons located on display 5 = poll for switch status every 500ms.
boards. Poll rate in number of 100ms periods.
0 = Disabled When disabled the switch status is reported from the
DAUP device (display) only when changed.

.004 0–1 Require confirmation on I/O-board S/N different. NOTE! Removal of I/O-board will require O995.003 in
Bootloader independent of this parameter.

.005 Nozzle switch input mode

0 Std (default) I/O-board only:
I/O-board nozzle inputs 1-12 → iGEM2 raw switch inputs
129-140
Nozzle box connected to channel 3:
- Nozzle interface board inputs 1-12 → iGEM2 raw switch
inputs 129-140
- I/O-board nozzle inputs mapped as 17-28 → iGEM2 raw
switch inputs 145-156
1 Extended Nozzle box connected to channel 3:
- I/O-board nozzle inputs mapped as 1-12 → iGEM2 raw
switch inputs 129-140
- Nozzle interface board inputs 17-28 → iGEM2 raw
switch inputs 145-156

.006 0 – 50 I/O-board temperature poll rate in nof 100ms

steps
1 = poll every 100ms
0 – 50 (0 = disabled) 5 = poll every 5 sec

.007 I/O-board temperature Unit of measure

0 Centrigrade (default)
1 Fahrenheit

.008 0–1 Request IDPROM data from AAB 0 = disable, 1 = enable

Used as a workaround when using IX and Additive due to
IX not able to handle the multiblock messages sent over
CAN.

3.5.51 F062 – Reserved for I2C channel 0 settings, non LR

3.5.52 F063 – Reserved for I2C channel 1 settings, non LR

© Copyright Rev 14 - 64 - WM061002

3.5.53 F064 – iSense configuration, non LR
F064 iSense configuration
c = channel
1 = USB CDC
2 = CAN
3 = SPI
4 = USB MSD
5 = uSD-card
6 = POS protocol

sub value Description Notes

.00c 0–1 Reserved

.01c 0–1 Diagnostic data: Flow rate Only via DART

.02c 0–1 Diagnostic data: VRM Only via DART

.03c 0–1 Diagnostic data: ATC Only via DART

.04c 0–1 Diagnostic data: Additive

.05c 0–1 Diagnostic data: ATC Gross Only via DART

.06c 0–1 Diagnostic data: ATC Config Only via DART

© Copyright Rev 14 - 65 - WM061002

3.5.54 F065 – T-Media configuration, non LR
F065 T-Media configuration

sub value Description Notes

.000 1-255 Heartbeat time Time in number of 100ms. I.e. 50 = 5 s

.001 0–1 Fuelling point address of side A

.002 0–1 Fuelling point address of side B

.003 0–1 Audio Volume of side A

.004 0–1 Audio Volume of side B

.005 0-255 IGEM-ETC IP address Part 1

.006 0-255 IGEM-ETC IP address Part 2

.007 0-255 IGEM-ETC IP address Part 3

.008 0-255 IGEM-ETC IP address Part 4

.009 0-255 Netmask Part 1

.010 0-255 Netmask Part 2

.011 0-255 Netmask Part 3

.012 0-255 Netmask Part 4

.013 0-255 Default Gateway Part 1

.014 0-255 Default Gateway Part 2

.015 0-255 Default Gateway Part 3

.016 0-255 Default Gateway Part 4

.017 0-255 Target IP address, side A, Part 1

.018 0-255 Target IP address, side A, Part 2

.019 0-255 Target IP address, side A, Part 3

.020 0-255 Target IP address, side A, Part 4

.021 0-255 Target IP address, side B, Part 1

.022 0-255 Target IP address, side B, Part 2

.023 0-255 Target IP address, side B, Part 3

.024 0-255 Target IP address, side B, Part 4

.025 0-255 T-Media box IP address, Part 1

.026 0-255 T-Media box IP address, Part 2

.027 0-255 T-Media box IP address, Part 3

.028 0-255 T-Media box IP address, Part 4

.029 0-65535 Port, side A

.030 0-65535 Port, side B

.031 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 1

.032 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 2

.033 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 3

.034 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 4

.035 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 5

.036 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 6

.037 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 7

.038 1-8 Side A, Logical Nozzle 8

.039 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 1

© Copyright Rev 14 - 66 - WM061002

.040 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 2

.041 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 3

.042 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 4

.043 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 5

.044 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 6

.045 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 7

.046 1-8 Side B, Logical Nozzle 8

.047 0-255 Debug flags byte 2 data

.048 0-255 Debug flags byte 3 data

.049 0-255 Debug flags byte 4 data

.050 0-255 Debug flags byte 5 data

© Copyright Rev 14 - 67 - WM061002

3.5.55 F066 – Door security, non LR
F066 Door security settings

sub Value Description Notes

.000 Door security WSA

0 Disabled
1 Engineering level to arm/disarm and reset alarm.
2 WSA to arm/disarm and reset alarm.

.001 Alarm output WSA

0 No alarm output
1 Annunciator

.002 Alarm output time WSA

0 Alarm output until cleared
1-255 Max alarm output time in minutes

.003 1-255 Door access time in minutes WSA

.004 Door breach auto recover time WSA

0 No auto recover
1-240 Auto recover time in minutes. Auto recover time starts when all
doors are closed.

.005 0 – 172 Bezel door switch input number WSA. Set this parameter to 169 (virtual
switch) when using CAN smart switch
controller. It also relates to F066.009

.006 0 – 172 Hydraulic door switch input number WSA

.007 0 – 172 Second bezel door switch input number WSA (functionality not implemented yet)

.008 0 – 172 Second hydraulic door switch input number WSA (functionality not implemented yet)

.009 1–8 Number of smart switches WSA. This parameter is effective only when
F066.005 = 169 (virtual switch)

1. Bezel door security switches can be configured to be either all smart or all simple switches. Different switch configurations are

• F066.005 = 169 specifies that all smart switches are used for bezel doors. This parameter forces iGem to monitor number of
smart switches given in F066.009.

• When F066.005 = 1 through 172, simple switch is used (i.e. spare input switches 161-166)
2. Hydraulic doors are monitored by simple switches only.
3. iGem2 currently supports single simple switch only. F066.007 and F066.008 are not used and should be set to zeros.
4. For more info of door-security operation, see section 6.10 of this document.
5. See chapter 12 for switch input information

© Copyright Rev 14 - 68 - WM061002

3.5.56 F067 – General Atex Additive configuration, non LR

F067 General Additive application configurations that are not LR

n = node (1-4)

sub Value Description Notes

.00n 0–3 Mode switch on the board See table below.

Mode 3 is not used at the moment.
Setting of parameter must match setting of
the board mode switches.

.01n 1-1000 Tank volume (Litre)

.02n 0-100000 Meter Resolution (Pulses Per Litre)

.03n 1-2 Number of 100mS Time period that iGem2 will send the sale
data to the AAB board during fuelling.

.04n Require Service Switch of ATEX Additive board to be in Service When set to ‘1’, the Service switch must be
Mode for Purge and Calibration to be possible. set to position ‘2’ (→) before entering
maintenance mode, in order for operations
0 0 = No in O757 such as e.g. Calibration, Priming
1 1 = Yes. and Purging to be possible.

.05n 0 – 10000 Default amount of additive blend for calibration (1/10 millilitre
unit)

.06n 0-50 Additive Max leakage

Mode 0 Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3

Node# Side Tank Side Tank Side Tank Side Tank

1 A 1 A 1 A 1

2 B 1 B 1 B 1

3 A 2 C 2 C 1

4 B 2 D 2 D 1

Additive board mode settings

3.5.57 F068 – Timer configurations, non LR

F068 Timer configurations that are not LR

sub Value Description Notes

.000 Grade select button timeout

0 No timeout
1 – 100 Number of seconds until a grade select before nozzle lift is
undone.

.001 0 – 20 Minimum time between fillings (number of ½ seconds) “Nozzle in timeout”

0 → Disabled This parameter operates together with
parameter F061.002
20 → 10 seconds

© Copyright Rev 14 - 69 - WM061002

3.5.58 F069 – iSense diagnostic trace settings, non LR
F069 Activation of internal COM/event trace recorder
c = channel to trace
0 = UART 0 (POS com)
1 = UART 1 (DAUP com)
2 = UART 2 (WIP com)
3 = UART 3 (spare com, 2 channels)
4 = UART 4 (NZL/ATC com)
5 = UART 5 (Spare com, 1 channel)
6 = CAN-bus
7 = Reserved
8 = Proportional data
9 = Motor/Valve/Output Feedback data36000
10 = Reserved
11 = Reserved
12 = Accelerometer data
13 = System Voltage data
14 = Misc general system events

Value Description Notes

.0cc Channel to output data to

1 USB CDC
2 CAN
3 SPI TCP/IP interface
4 USB MSD
5 uSD-card

.1cc 0 – 2419200 Max recording time in seconds (0 = disabled) 86400 = 24h

604800 = 7 days
Some channels (e.g. POS, WIP and DAUP)
generate a lot of data per second!

3.5.59 F070 – Valve feedback per valve, non LR

F070 Set valve feedback behaviour
vv = valve (1 – 14)

sub value Description Notes

.0vv Valve feedback behaviour

0 Disabled and no load measured
1 Disabled but load is measured
2 Enabled to check when output is active. Only use threshold levels .4vv and .5vv
3 Enabled to check when output is active and inactive.

.1vv Method of recovery

0 By Reset or Power-cycle
1 By Exit from maintenance mode E.g. by pressing CRC-button or by iSense
2 By Operation O754.000

.2vv 0 – 65535 Inactive Output Feedback Threshold Low

.3vv 0 – 65535 Inactive Output Feedback Threshold High

.4vv 0 – 65535 Active Output Feedback Threshold Low

.5vv 0 – 65535 Active Output Feedback Threshold High

© Copyright Rev 14 - 70 - WM061002

3.5.60 F071 – Reserved for Spare Output feedback per output, non LR

3.5.61 F072 – Per valve configuration, non LR

F072 Set per valve configuration
vv = valve (1 – 14)

sub value Description Notes

.0vv Proportional valve brand/type This setting determines frequency and gains
used for proportional control of the valve
1 ASCO ATEX valve type
2 ASCO UL valve type
3 ASCO OILMIX valve type
4 SKINNER UL valve type
5 Soft valve type. Frequency and gains are settable in F073

© Copyright Rev 14 - 71 - WM061002

3.5.62 F073 – Proportional valve configuration, non LR
F073 Set proportional valve behaviour

sub value Description Notes

.000 10-1000 Proportional valve frequency (Hz)

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.001 1-10000 Deleted. No longer used.

.002 0-10000 Proportional valve max slow flow set point

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.003 0-10000 Proportional valve max full flow set point

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.004 0-10000 Proportional valve min set point

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.005 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for proportional part of blend control
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in blend control.
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.006 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for integral part of blend control
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in blend control.
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.007 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for proportional part of flow rate
control in slow flow
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in flow control
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.008 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for integral part of flow rate control in
slow flow
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in flow control
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.009 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for derivative part of flow rate control in
slow flow
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in flow control
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.010 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for proportional part of flow rate
control in full flow
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in flow control
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.011 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for integral part of flow rate control in
full flow
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in flow control
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.012 1-65535 Proportional valve gain for derivative part of flow rate control in
full flow
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in flow control
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.013 Ramping control setting for target flow rate changes

1 No ramping
2 Ramping on blend fillings only
3 Ramping on all fillings

© Copyright Rev 14 - 72 - WM061002

F073 Set proportional valve behaviour

sub value Description Notes

.014 1-100 Time for each step in valve test mode ramping. 0.1 seconds to
10.0 seconds.
Only used when F028.000 = 2

.015 0 – 100 Only used in valve test modes. Value has different meaning
depending on F028.000
F028.000 = 2
Start/low duty cycle of ramp test.
F028.000 = 3
Slow flow fix duty cycle.
Start duty cycle for valve test mode ramping.

.016 0 – 100 Only used in valve test modes. Value has different meaning
depending on F028.000
F028.000 = 2
High duty cycle of ramp test
F028.000 = 3
Full flow fix duty cycle.

.017 Ramping test step delta

1 Delta of 1% for each step
2 Delta of 2% for each step
3 Delta of 5% for each step
4 Delta of 10% for each step

.018 Long term flow rate averaging time

0 Disabled
1-10 0.1 to 1.0 seconds average time

.019 0-2000 Flow rate delta value to use short term flow rate value in units
of cl/min

.020 0 – 65535 Proportional valve gain for blend control multiplier

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.021 0 – 65535 Proportional valve gain for slow flow control multiplier
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.022 0 – 65535 Proportional valve gain for full flow control multiplier
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.023 0 – 10000 Slow flow initial set point (0.01% duty cycle)
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.024 0 – 10000 Full flow initial set point. Offset value (0.01% resolution) Full flow initial set point is calculated as
follow
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5
Init set point = F073.024 + target flow *
blend ratio / F073.0025

.025 1 – 65535 Full flow initial set point. Coefficient value. Full flow initial set point is calculated as
follow
Value of 65535, this part is not added to full flow initial set
point. Only offset value is used. Init set point = F073.024 + target flow *
blend ratio / F073.0025
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.026 100 – 2000 Ramp up delta ramp flow rate in cl/min. This parameter is
configurable in 100cl/min steps.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 73 - WM061002

F073 Set proportional valve behaviour

sub value Description Notes

.027 0 – 10000 Inhibit valve opening functionality. PWM increment limit in Inhibit valve opening is a functionality that
0.01% resolution. inhibits flow rate control when the valve is
opened, and expected flow rate change is
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5 not seen. This functionality aims to
decrease possibility of overshoot.
If valve is opened by F073.027 and flow rate
increment is less than F073.028, further
increments on PWM increment is inhibited
until flow rate has increased.

.028 10 – 2000 Inhibit valve opening functionality. Flow rate increment limit in Inhibit valve opening is a functionality that
cl/min. inhibits flow rate control when the valve is
opened, and expected flow rate change is
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5 not seen. This functionality aims to
decrease possibility of overshoot.
If valve is opened by F073.027 and flow rate
increment is less than F073.028, further
increments on PWM increment is inhibited
until flow rate has increased.

.029 1 – 65535 Proportional valve gain for derivative part of blend control
If value set to 65535, this part is not used in blend control.
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.030 0 – 1000 Flow rate delta value to decrease target flow rate in cl/min.
If actual flow rate is lower by F073.030 cl/min than current
target flow rate for more than F073.031 100ms periods, target
flow rate is decreased. This feature improves blend control.

.031 0 – 100 Flow rate delta value time limit to decrease target flow rate in
100ms periods (0.0s to 10.0s).
If actual flow rate is lower by F073.030 cl/min than current
target flow rate for more than F073.031 100ms periods, target
flow rate is decreased. This feature improves blend control.

.032 0-65535 A/D value for change of active flow rate gains in full flow valve
modes
This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.033 0-20000 A/D value factor

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.034 0-65535 Min A/D value used for sanity check

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

.035 0-65535 Max A/D value used for sanity check

This value is only used when F072.0vv = 5

© Copyright Rev 14 - 74 - WM061002

3.5.63 Fs01 – Fuelling Point Address, LR
Fs01 Set address to which the pump shall respond on serial communication with the POS, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 32 FP address

3.5.64 Fs02 – Unit Price per Product (Logical nozzle) and Fuelling Mode, LR
Fs02 Set unit price per side, fuelling mode and product (logical nozzle), Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

m = mode
0 = CREDIT
1 = CASH
2 – 7 = others used for IFSF only. Modes 0 and 1 are not specifically used for CASH/CREDIT when running IFSF.
P = product (logical nozzle) (1 – 8)

sub value Description Notes

.0mp 0 – 999.99 Unit price Default Fuelling Mode is controlled by

parameter F021.006.

3.5.65 Fs03 – Button Configurations, LR

Fs03 Setting of buttons used in conjunction with LR functionalities, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 172 LPG Dead Man’s Button (DMB)

.001 0 – 172 CNG Dead Man’s Button (DMB)

.002 0 – 172 CASH-button Used to confirm that payment shall be

done inside Kiosk after filling.

.003 0 – 172 Local Authorize Button

See chapter 12 for switch input information

3.5.66 Fs04 – Fs22 – not used

© Copyright Rev 14 - 75 - WM061002

3.5.67 Fs23 – Dispenser hydraulic mappings, LR
Fs23 Setting of mappings that define the physical connection of hydraulic components per logical nozzle, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 0 – 12 Physical Nozzle # (0 = lnoz not used)

.01n Product Type

1 Normal straight product or Super High Capacity. E.g. 40 lpm / 10 Gpm non-blended or
130lpm / TBD Gpm.
2 Blended grade
3 LPG with mechanical calibration Fixed calibration factor of 8320 in WIP
to achieve 2 exact rotations per litre.
4 Oil mix blender 0.2% blend accuracy required
5 DEF / AdBlue
6 LPG with electronic calibration Calibrated using operation O702.000
7 Ultra High Capacity

.02n 0–8 Unit price display #

.03n 0 – 12 Primary meter #

.04n 0 – 14 Primary valve #

.05n Primary valve type Brand / type of proportional valve is

configured by setting parameter
1 ON/OFF Fs70.06n
2 Proportional
3 Two-Stage (Fast flow control)

.06n 0–6 Primary motor #

.07n 0 – 12 Secondary meter #

.08n 0 – 14 Secondary valve #

.09n Secondary valve type Brand / type of proportional valve is

configured by setting parameter
1 ON/OFF Fs70.06n
2 Proportional
3 Two-Stage (Slow flow control)

.10n 0–6 Secondary motor #

.11n 0 – 12 Ternary meter #

.12n 0 – 14 Ternary valve #

.13n Ternary valve type Brand / type of proportional valve is

configured by setting parameter
1 ON/OFF Fs70.06n
2 Proportional
3 Two-Stage (additional Fast flow control)

.14n 0–6 Ternary motor #

© Copyright Rev 14 - 76 - WM061002

3.5.68 Fs24 – Blend Ratio Configurations, LR
Fs24 Setting of blend ratio per logical nozzle, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 1- 101 Primary Blend Ratio

.01n 0 – 99 Ternary Blend Ratio If = 0 then there is no 3rd position

3.5.69 Fs25 – LITER Mode Settings, LR

Fs25 settings per logical nozzle specific to operating in LITER Mode, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 5 – 100 Slow flow rate (in decilitre per minute)

.01n 5 – 250 Full flow rate low [Normal flow, low] (in litre per minute)

.02n 5 – 250 Full flow rate high [high flow rate] (in litre per minute)

.03n Slow flow control setting. Feature to reduce risk of preset overrun.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled

.04n Slow flow control setting. Move this to F072?

0 – 18 Max valve duty cycle offset in % when in slow flow.

.05n 0–9 Maximum Pre-set Over flow suppression (in centilitres)

.06n 0 – 100 Slow down volume delta value (in centilitres)

.07n 0 – 5000 Preset/prepay ramp down volume delta value (in centilitres) Proportional to target flow rate
Recommended value for this logical
nozzle is
Max(Fs25.01n, Fs25.02n) * 5
E.g. 38lpm pump has 190 cl (1.90liter)
130lpm nozzle has 650cl (6.50liter)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 77 - WM061002

3.5.70 Fs26 – GALLON Mode Settings, LR
Fs26 settings per logical nozzle specific to operating in GALLON Mode, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 5 – 100 Slow flow rate (in units of 1/10 Gallons per minute)

.01n 5 – 250 Full flow rate low [Normal flow, low] (in Gallons per minute)

.02n 5 – 250 Full flow rate high [high flow rate] (in Gallons per minute)

.03n Slow flow control setting. Dynamic

0 Disabled
1 Enabled

.04n Slow flow control setting. Move this to F072?

0 – 18 Max valve duty cycle offset in % when in slow flow.

.05n 0 – 99 Maximum Pre-set Overflow suppression (in units of 1/1000 Gallons)

.06n 0 – 100 Slow down volume delta value (in units of 1/1000 Gallons)

.07n 0 – 10000 Preset/prepay ramp down volume delta value (in units of 1/1000 Proportional to target flow rate
Gallons)
Recommended value for this logical
nozzle is
Max(Fs25.01n, Fs25.02n) * 5
E.g. 38lpm pump has 190 cl (1.90liter)
130lpm nozzle has 650cl (6.50liter)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 78 - WM061002

3.5.71 Fs27 – KILO Mode Settings, LR
Fs27 settings per logical nozzle specific to operating in KILO Mode, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 5 – 100 Slow flow rate (in hectogram per minute)

.01n 5 – 250 Full flow rate low [Normal flow, low] (in Kilo per minute)

.02n 5 – 250 Full flow rate high [high flow rate] (in Kilo per minute)

.03n Slow flow control setting. Dynamic

0 Disabled
1 Enabled

.04n Slow flow control setting. Move this to F072?

0 – 18 Max valve duty cycle offset in % when in slow flow.

.05n 0 – 99 Maximum Pre-set Overflow suppression (in units of grams)

.06n 0 – 100 Slow down volume delta value (in units of grams)

.07n 0 – 10000 Preset/prepay ramp down volume delta value (in units of grams) Proportional to target flow rate
Recommended value for this logical
nozzle is
Max(Fs25.01n, Fs25.02n) * 5
E.g. 38lpm pump has 190 cl (1.90liter)
130lpm nozzle has 650cl (6.50liter)

3.5.72 Fs28 – LBL Mode Settings, LR

Fs28 settings per logical nozzle specific to operating in Lbl Mode, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 5 – 100 Slow flow rate (in units of 1/10 Lbl per minute)

.01n 5 – 250 Full flow rate low [Normal flow, low] (in Lbl per minute)

.02n 5 – 250 Full flow rate high [high flow rate] (in Lbl per minute)

.03n Slow flow control setting. Dynamic

0 Disabled
1 Enabled

.04n Slow flow control setting. Move this to F072?

0 – 18 Max valve duty cycle offset in % when in slow flow.

.05n 0–9 Maximum Pre-set Overflow suppression (in units 1/1000 Lbl)

.06n 0 – 100 Slow down volume delta value (in units 1/1000 Lbl)

.07n 0 – 10000 Preset/prepay ramp down volume delta value (in units 1/1000 Lbl) Proportional to target flow rate
Recommended value for this logical
nozzle is
Max(Fs25.01n, Fs25.02n) * 5
E.g. 38lpm pump has 190 cl (1.90liter)
130lpm nozzle has 650cl (6.50liter)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 79 - WM061002

3.5.73 Fs29 – Satellite Configuration, LR
Fs29 settings per logical nozzle of SAT nozzle mappings and ehaviour, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 0 – 12 Physical SAT nozzle #

0 = no SAT on this logical nozzle

.01n 0 – 14 Primary valve #

.02n Primary valve type

1 ON/OFF
2 Proportional
3 Two-Stage (Fast flow control)

.03n 0 – 14 Secondary valve #

.04n Secondary valve type

1 ON/OFF
2 Proportional
3 Two-Stage (Fast flow control)

.05n 0 – 14 Ternary valve #

.06n Ternary valve type

1 ON/OFF
2 Proportional
3 Two-Stage (Fast flow control)

.07n 0–1 Allow start on SAT

.08n 0–1 Allow simultaneous filling on Master and SAT nozzle

.09n 0–1 Require Master Nozzle to be out during whole SAT filling

.10n 0–1 Indicate SAT status on sales display SAT icon lit when SAT nozzle is out.
Master icon is lit when Master nozzle is
out. Arrow blink when any of the
enable buttons (below) are activated.

.11n 0 – 172 Enable-SAT button # 0 → no button press required.

Transaction is stopped X seconds
(F022.010) after nozzle returned unless
Fs29.09n = 1.

.12n 0 – 172 Enable-Master button # 0 → no button press required.

Transaction is stopped X seconds
(F022.010) after nozzle returned unless
Fs29.09n = 1.

.13n Hose Leak test on both Master and SAT

0 Before filling: Only test nozzle on which filling is started. F020.003 = 1, 2 or 3
After filling: Only test nozzle(s) that has been enabled/used F020.003 = 4 or 5
during the filling
1 Always test both MASTER and SAT nozzle regardless of which on is
lifted.

.14n Don’t allow SAT/Master nozzle to be returned and then lifted and
used again during same filling.
0 0 = Allow
1 1 = Don’t allow (default)

For US behaviour, set .07n = 0 and .09n = 1

See chapter 12 for switch input information

© Copyright Rev 14 - 80 - WM061002

3.5.74 Fs30 – Misc model related mappings, LR
Fs30 settings per logical nozzle of miscellaneous model related mappings, Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 1 Motor ON @ End of display test Set to 1 if suction.

2 Motor ON @ Start of display test
3 Motor ON @ Product Select If any lnoz is set to 4, then all lnoz of
the side will behave as this mode.
4 Motor ON @ Nozzle lift

.01n 0 – 172 Hi/Lo flow rate Toggle button # Fs25/Fs26.03n & Fs25/Fs26.02n

.02n 0 – 172 High flow rate button # Fs25/Fs26.03n

.03n 0 – 172 Normal (Lo) flow rate button # Fs25/Fs26.02n

.04n 0–8 Grade code 0 = same as lnoz #

.05n 0 – 999.999 Max volume delivery limit Additional volume limit per logical
nozzle in order to have higher volume
0 = disabled, use F015.001 allowed e.g. for Diesel than for
Gasoline.

.06n 0–1 Enable logical nozzle for use Set to zero to temporarily block the lnoz
e.g. in case of having run empty of fuel
type.

.07n 0-172 MPI Authorize Input Switch input, 0 disabled

.08n 0-8 MPI Nozzle Call Spare Output 1-8, 0 disabled

.09n 0-8 MPI Reset Complete Spare Output 1-8, 0 disabled

.10n 0-8 MPI Pulse Output Spare Output 1-8, 0 disabled

See chapter 12 for switch input information

© Copyright Rev 14 - 81 - WM061002

3.5.75 Fs50 – Button mappings, non LR
Fs50 settings button mappings, Non Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 172 “Show transaction history” button #

0 = disabled

.001 0 – 172 Money round-off button #

0 = disabled

.002 0 – 172 Volume round-off button #

0 = disabled

.003 0 – 172 iGEM printer Receipt Button #

.004 0 – 172 Stop button #

.005 0 – 172 Attendant Arming Switch Button # Not used

.006 0-48 Totals Button 1

.007 0-48 Totals Button 2

.008 0 – 48 Low cost keypad button A

.009 0 – 48 Low cost keypad button B

.010 0 – 48 Low cost keypad button C

.011 0 – 48 Low cost keypad button D

See chapter 12 for switch input information

3.5.76 Fs51 – VRM configurations, non LR

Fs51 settings of VRM parameters per side, Non Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 63 VMR status See part separate of this document.

Cleared to 0 by COLD START.
0 = OK

.001 85 – 115 VMR self-check reference level (%)

.002 85 – 115 Vapour Gate Closed loop regulation factor Cleared to 0 by COLD START.

.003 0 – 200 VRM average A/L value

3.5.77 Fs52 – Reserved for DEF configurations, non LR

© Copyright Rev 14 - 82 - WM061002

3.5.78 Fs53 – Vapour Gate calibration table, non LR
Fs53 settings of Vapour Gate calibration table per side, Non Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
Each subfunction holds the calibration constant for a specific flowrate (X). Calibration value is represented in tenths of millilitre per
Vapour Gate VR Meter pulse.

Sub Value Description Notes

.000 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 5lpm

.001 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 10lpm

.002 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 15lpm

.003 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 25lpm

.004 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 25lpm

.005 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 30lpm

.006 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 35lpm

.007 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 40lpm

.008 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 45lpm

.009 100 – 700 Vapour Gate calibration value for 50lpm

3.5.79 Fs70 – Model mappings, non LR

Fs70 settings per logical nozzle of model related mappings, Non Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n Octane text

0 No text
4– 110 Show value (“1” – “110”) Displayed for 1 second after pressing
Product-select button.
111 “ dIESEL “
112 “ rEgULAr “
113 “ SUPEr “
114 “ OIL “
115 “ bio “
116 – 204 No text
205 – 285 “ E05 “ – “ E85 “

.01n 0 – 172 Product-Select button # A k a grade select button

0 = disabled

.02n 0 – 172 Push-to-start button # Must be pushed after nozzle has been lifted
0 = disabled

.03n 0–1 Enable VR

.04n 0 – 255 Number of Beeps on physical nozzle lift

.05n 0 MPI reserved

See chapter 12 for switch input information

© Copyright Rev 14 - 83 - WM061002

3.5.80 Fs71 – ATEX Additive Node configuration, non LR
Fs71 settings of additive parameters per logical nozzle, Non Legally Relevant
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle (1-8)

sub value Description Notes

.00n 0 No additive at this logical nozzle

1–4 Additive node number

.01n 50 – 3800 PPM Ratio

.02n 0 – 500 Max error PPM during filling Value exceeded this value will terminate
fuelling if detected when dispensed volume
is bigger than volume for first check
(Fs71.04n)

.03n 0 – 100 Error filter, Max number of litres fuel, during which the PPM Only reserved. Not supported
ratio can be out of limit before trigging an error.

.04n 1 – 100 First Error Check = Volume of fuel, after which check for error in In decilitre (dl)
PPM ratio is first checked.

.05n 0 – 10 Max Consecutive error Additive products will be disabled.

3.5.81 F500 – Passwords, LR

F500 set passwords for different levels, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 0 – 999999 Service Engineer Require access @ WSA level to change.

.001 0 – 999999 Station Manager Same as above + accessible @ Station

Manager level

.002 0 – 999999 Station Operator Same as above

.003 0 – 999999 W&M officer Require access @ Engineer level or WSA

level to change.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 84 - WM061002

3.5.82 F501 – Misc security settings, LR
F501 set miscellaneous security related parameters, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Entry to maintenance mode using HD without CRC-button press 1= station manager
0 All entries 2= station operator
1 ‘1’, ‘2’, ‘3’, ‘5’ and ‘CLEAR’ 3= CRC-view
2 ‘3’, ‘5’ and ‘CLEAR’ 5= WSA
3 Not used ENTER = Engineer
4 ‘5’ CLEAR = W&M
5 None (all levels require CRC-button to have been pressed)
6 ‘1’
7 ‘3’
8 ‘3’ and ‘CLEAR’

.001 Stand-alone mode inhibition Overrides selection of stand-alone

0 Stand-alone mode allowed mode F001.001=2 and forces serial
1 Stand-alone mode inhibited mode F001.001=1

.002 0 -1 Enable Region Code protection If set, only boards of same Region code
will operate together.

.003 Access table selection Determines default access rights

1 MID
2 Non MID
3 US
4 Brazil
5 Brazil international
6 Mexico
7 India

.004 0 Program download not restricted by PRG_LOAD switch Used also by Bootloader
1 Program download restricted by PRG_LOAD switch

.005 Error table selection

1 IEC error table
2 IFSF error table
3 US error table

.006 0 – 10 Max consecutive nr of wrong passwords for WSA

Max amount of tries to login before triggering error 630.
0 = disabled

.007 0 – 10 Max consecutive nr of wrong passwords for Engineer

Max amount of tries to login before triggering error 630.
0 = disabled

© Copyright Rev 14 - 85 - WM061002

3.5.83 F502 – WSA settings, LR
F502 WSA handling settings, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 WSA challenge display timeout in minutes. Time WSA challenge is WSA
displayed when logging in with hoofer doofer.
0 Displayed forever
1-255 Time challenge is displayed in minutes

.001 0 – 240 Time in minutes WSA challenge is valid after successful login. If set WSA
to zero WSA challenge will be invalidated upon successful login.

.002 Require WSA access level (for Read & Write) on an extended set of *Excluded: F001.000, F002.xxx,
parameters and operations excluding only a sub-set*. F013.000, F069.xxx, Fs01.000 and
O750.xxx to O999.xxx.
1 Enabled
Any parameter out of the above that
0 Disabled require WSA as default will still require
WSA for Read & Write access.

3.5.84 F503 – Pump symmetry max settings , LR

F503 Set Max side and max Lnoz limitations, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 2 Max 2 sides with 8 logical nozzles per each PRG_LOAD and WSA
4 Max 4 sides with 5 logical nozzles per each

Only to be set in factory.

3.5.85 F510 – Encryption settings, LR

F510 set encryption related parameters, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 0–2 Wayne encoder encryption algorithm (0 = no encryption)

.001 0–1 Enable Wayne DAUP encryption

3.5.86 F511 – XWIP Tamper protection settings, LR

F511 set tamper adjustment parameters of XWIP phase 2 or higher, Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Fault detection

.001 A/D Tamper High

.002 A/D Tamper Low

.003 A/D Removal High

.004 A/D Removal Low

.005 Failure High

.006 Failure Low

© Copyright Rev 14 - 86 - WM061002

3.5.87 F520 – Error level re-assignment settings, LR
F520 change of default error levels, Legally Relevant
eee = error code (001 – 999)

sub value Description Notes

.eee Error code error level

0 Use default severity level
1–9 Re-assigned severity level See part 4.1
1=A→9=I

3.5.88 F530 – Dispenser Serial Number, LR

F530 Set dispenser Serial Number.

Sub value Description Notes

.000 Dispenser serial Number that the pump computer is installed in Shall match that of the type plate on
the side of the dispenser.
0–9 If using remote control
or Used for remote iSense file name. Must
“Alphanumeric” If using iSense channel (e.g. iGem2servTerm) only contain letter letters, digits and ‘-‘

.001 0–9 Pump Manufacturer ID EX: “Wayne” or “DFS”

or
“Alphanumeric” Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)

.002 0–9 Pump Instrument model EX: “33-333”

or
“Alphanumeric”

© Copyright Rev 14 - 87 - WM061002

3.5.89 F550 – System Monitoring configurations, non LR
F550 Threshold levels of misc system parameters related to Power quality and tamper, Non Legally Relevant

sub value Description Notes

.000 Accelerometer tamper threshold X-axis

.001 Accelerometer tamper threshold Y-axis

.002 Accelerometer tamper threshold Z-axis

.003 Accelerometer tamper action

.004 24 VDC threshold low

.005 24 VDC threshold high

.006 15 VDC WIP threshold low

.007 15 VDC WIP threshold low

.008 15 VDC UART2 devices threshold low

.009 15 VDC UART2 devices threshold high

.010 5 VDC threshold low

.011 5 VDC threshold high

.012 Sensitivity, Normal Mode

1 2g
2 4g
3 8g

.013 Sample and Output Data Rate, Normal Mode

1 800Hz
2 400Hz
3 200Hz
4 100Hz
5 50Hz
6 12.5Hz
7 6.25Hz
8 1.56Hz

.014 1 – 80 Transient threshold value (in 0.1g unit), Normal Mode

.015 20 – 200 Transient de-bounce time (in milliseconds), Normal Mode

.016 Sensitivity, Battery Mode

1 2g
2 4g
3 8g

.017 Sample and Output Data Rate, Battery Mode

1 800Hz
2 400Hz
3 200Hz
4 100Hz
5 50Hz
6 12.5Hz
7 6.25Hz
8 1.56Hz

.018 1 – 80 Transient threshold value (in 0.1g unit), Battery Mode

© Copyright Rev 14 - 88 - WM061002

.019 20 – 200 Transient de-bounce time (in milliseconds), Battery Mode

VBAT threshold level for indicating VBAT LOW error is fixed to 3 VDC

3.5.90 F551 – Error level re-assignment settings, non-LR

F551 change of default error levels, non-Legally Relevant
eee = error code (001 – 999)

sub value Description Notes

.eee Error code error level

0 Use default severity level
1–9 Re-assigned severity level See part 4.1
1=A→ 9=I

NOTE! Setting a value ion F551 will only have effect if the parameter is not considered to be LR!

© Copyright Rev 14 - 89 - WM061002

3.6 Operations List

3.6.1 O700 – Reserved

3.6.2 O701 – Confirm Device Replacement, LR

O701 - Confirm that a replacement of a device is intended and authorized

sub value Description

.000 0–1 Confirm I/O-board replacement

.001 0–1 Confirm Meter/WIP replacement Require WSA.

Confirmation of meter replacement
might/will alter the calibration history of
E017. It will also affect S013 and/or S014
When F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO) this
operation will lock the system until all
Certificates are received. This can take 10-
15 seconds.

.002 0 – 11 Confirm Display replacement 1 = DAUP_PRIMARY_SALES_BOARD

2 = DAUP_SECONDARY_SALES_BOARD
1 – 10 → display board type to confirm 3 = DAUP_TERNARY_SALES_BOARD
11 → confirm all display boards 4 = DAUP_PRIMARY_UP_BOARD
5 = DAUP_SECONDARY_UP_BOARD
6 = DAUP_TERNARY_UP_BOARD
7 = DAUP_EXTENDED_UP_BOARD
8 = DAUP_PRIMARY_PRESET_BOARD
9 = DAUP_SECONDARY_PRESET_BOARD
10 = DAUP_TERNARY_PRESET_BOARD

.003 0–1 Confirm EMT replacement

.004 0–1 Confirm ATC replacement

.005 0–1 Confirm PPM-board replacement

.006 0–1 Confirm Fiscal Totalizer replacement

.007 0–1 Confirm POS-COM interface replacement

.008 0–1 Confirm TCP/IP-bridge replacement

.009 0–1 Confirm Security board replacement

.010 0–1 Confirm Atex Additive Board replacement

.011 0–1 Confirm Buetooth Device replacement Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 90 - WM061002

3.6.3 O702 – WIP operations, LR
O702 - Calibration related operations of WIP and XWIP

sub value Description

.000 Perform Electronic calibration of WIP

0–4 Side (1 = A … 4 = D)

.001 0 – 12 Upload XWIP Calibration Curves from a specific XWIP to iGEM

99 Upload XWIP Calibration Curves from all XWIPs to iGEM

.002 0 – 12 Download XWIP Calibration Curves from iGEM to a specific XWIP

99 Download XWIP Calibration Curves from iGEM to all XWIP’s

.003 0–1 Set WIP RAW calibration value of LPG WIP to 8320 To get exactly 2 revolutions per 1 litre for
mechanical calibration.

.004 Set WIP/XWIP Device ID. Step through (OK) for WIP/XWIP.
0 Std WIP Do not set to ‘2’.
1 XWIP phase 1 (WM011529-000x)
3 XWIP phase 2 (WM019142-000x)

3.6.4 O703 – E+H Coriolis meter operations, LR

O703 - E+H Coriolis meter related service operations

sub value Description

.000 0 – 12 Perform Zero-Point-Adjustment (ZPA) of the specific meter #

.001 0–1 Set MODBUS address of an E+H meter

© Copyright Rev 14 - 91 - WM061002

3.6.5 O704 – Factory default and configuration operations, LR
O704 - Factory Default and Configuration Operations

sub value Description

.000 0–1 Save configuration as factory default data.

This operation saves current maintenance mode configuration
data as it is to factory default data storage area.

.001 0–1 Soft cold start. Following parameters are not changed at a
cold start:
When leaving maintenance mood, a reset of iGEM2 is executed
and when booting up a cold start is performed. • WSA protected parameters
Same behaviour during boot as when COLD start button is • ATC switch protected parameters
pressed.
• PRG-load switch protected
parameters if PRG-load switch is in
protected position.

.002 0–1 Reset parameters to factory default data. This resets all parameters to its values
stored in factory default data.
This operation changes parameter values in maintenance mode
and takes effect at save and exit.

.003 0–1 Reset parameters as new board. This resets all parameters to its values it has
for a new board.
This operation changes parameter values in maintenance mode
and takes effect at save and exit.

.004 0–1 Clear unknown parameters from non-volatile configuration At save and exit, unknown parameters
storage. currently stored in non-volatile
configuration storage is not saved, they are
This operation takes effect at save and exit on current deleted
maintenance mode session.

.005 0–1 Reset parameters as new board but not F503.000. This resets all parameters to its values it has
for a new board but not F503.000.
This operation changes parameter values in maintenance mode
and takes effect at save and exit.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 92 - WM061002

3.6.6 O705 – INMETRO Error Recovery, LR
O705 - INMETRO Error Recovery, LR

sub value Description

.000 0–1 Recover from to many consecutive failed WSA logins Error 630

.001 0–1 Recover from to many consecutive failed Engineer logins Error 629

.002 0–1 Recover from corrupt INMETRO Logs Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
Error 154

.003 0–1 Recover from corrupt INMETRO Data Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
Error 130-134

.004 0–1 Recover from mismatch in pulses between INMETRO DSP and Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
iGEM-2
Error 707

.005 0–1 Recover/Acknowledge from INMETRO Certificate “Within x days Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
of Expiration date”
Error 704

.006 0–1 Recover from INMETRO Certificate “Certificate Expired” Used when F003.000 = 2 (INMETRO)
Will unlock any Lnoz NOT associated with EXPIRED Meters/DSP
Error 705

© Copyright Rev 14 - 93 - WM061002

3.6.7 O706 – Download/Upload of Logotype Bitmap, LR
O706 - Handle Logotype Bitmap, LR

sub Value Description

.000 Download Logotype bitmap file The printing of the logotype on all printers
is the final acknowledgement that the
0–1 Start download. The bitmap file is stored in non-volatile download has succeeded. The download
storage, sent to all printers, and then printed on all printers. time may take up to 16 seconds (8Kb @
9600 baud for 2 printers).

.001 Send logotype bitmap to all printers

0–1 The bitmap is extracted from the logotype bitmap file currently
in non-volatile storage and sent to all printers

.002 Print logotype on all printers

1 Commands are sent to all printers to print the current logotype

.003 Upload the logotype bitmap file Current version of ServTerm saves uploaded
files with the .CSV file extension. The
3 Upload using active iSense channel. contents of the uploaded bitmap file is that
of a .BMP file even though the file name has
the .CSV extension.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 94 - WM061002

3.6.8 O750 – Calibrate Dover VR system, non-LR
O750 - Operations and data inputs used for performing calibration of Dover VR system
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub value Description

.000 0–1 Start Calibration procedure for side A 1 starts calibration. See section 6.17.2.

.001 0–1 Start Calibration procedure for side B 1 starts calibration. See section 6.17.2.

.002 0–1 Start Calibration procedure for side C 1 starts calibration. See section 6.17.2.

.003 0–1 Start Calibration procedure for side D 1 starts calibration. See section 6.17.2.

3.6.9 O751 – Calibrate Vapour Gate VRM, non-LR

O751 - Operations and data inputs used for performing calibration of Vapour Gate VRM system
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub value Description

.s00 0 – 20 Bürkert Diaphragm meter Calibration factor Default = 5

.s01 0 – 24 Start Calibration procedure

© Copyright Rev 14 - 95 - WM061002

3.6.10 O752 – Diagnostic tests, non-LR
O752 - test of various inputs and outputs

sub value Description

.000 Switch Inputs Display indicates which button is pressed or

which nozzle is lifted. Also indicate if an LR
switch is in unprotected position.

.001 Display output Perform test of all display segments/icons

.002 VR test side A

.003 VR test side B

.004 VR test side C

.005 VR test side D

.006 0-1 VR test for Dover VR side A 1 starts VR test (Dry test, Leak Test, or Dry
test w/o gas meter). See section 6.17.3

.007 0-1 VR test for Dover VR side B 1 starts VR test (Dry test, Leak Test, or Dry
test w/o gas meter). See section 6.17.3

.008 0-1 VR test for Dover VR side C 1 starts VR test (Dry test, Leak Test, or Dry
test w/o gas meter). See section 6.17.3

.009 0-1 VR test for Dover VR side D 1 starts VR test (Dry test, Leak Test, or Dry
test w/o gas meter). See section 6.17.3

3.6.11 O753 – Manual VAP calibration, non-LR

O753 - Operations and data inputs used for performing manual VAP calibration without the Bürkert Hand terminal.

Sub value Description

.000 0 No action
1 Start calibration procedure

3.6.12 O754 – Restore Feedback Error, non-LR

O754 - Operations to restore feedback errors of motor, valves and spare outputs.

Sub value Description

.000 0–1 Write 1 to clear all feedback errors of S050.000.

3.6.13 O755 – Clear/Reset Statistics, non-LR

O755 - Operations to clear/reset non-LR statistics.

Sub value Description

.000 0–1 Write 1 to clear Voltage min/max values of S051.000. Min values reset to 65535 and max values
reset to 0.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 96 - WM061002

3.6.14 O756 – Adjust RGB Colours, non-LR
O756 - Operations to clear/reset non-LR statistics.

Sub value Description

.000 0 – 17 1-16: PTS Button to adjust Non-selected colour for, For PTS Buttons the chosen button starts to
corresponding to F058.1bb with bb=49-65 blink, the other goes statically on. For TFI
Guide Light the colour selected by iGEM, but
17: TFI Guide Light, corresponding to F057.009 the lights have to be turned on using iX.
The colour is adjusted using 1/7 as up/down
for Red, 2/8 as up/down for Green and 3/9
as up/down for Blue.

.001 0 – 16 1-16: PTS Button to adjust Selected colour for, corresponding to For PTS Buttons the chosen button starts to
F058.2bb with bb=49-65 blink, the other goes statically on. For TFI
the colour is adjusted using 1/7 as up/down
for Red, 2/8 as up/down for Green and 3/9
as up/down for Blue.

3.6.15 O757 – ATEX Additive Service/Maintenance Mode, non-LR

O757 - Operations to maintain and control the Atex Additive board.

Sub Value Description Notes

.000 0 –1 Recover TANK LEVEL EMPTY and NODE ERROR. Indicates with “CLEAr Err”

.001 Download Additive Configuration from iGem2 to Node #. Indicate with “dnLoAd” on the display.
1 – 99 1-8 or 99 = For all Nodes

.002 Upload Additive Configuration from Node # to iGem2. Indicate with “UPLoAd” on the display.
1 – 88 1-8 or 88 = For all Nodes

.003 1–8 Start Calibration of Additive Node # with amount of additive, 0.1 millilitre unit.
configured in F067.004 Indicate with “CALibr” on the display.

.004 1–8 Start purging the additive Node # Indicate with “PurgE” on the display.

.005 Reserved

.006 1–2 Start tank refill of the additive tank Indicate with “refiL” on the display.

.007 Reserved

© Copyright Rev 14 - 97 - WM061002

3.6.16 O758 – T-Media operations, non-LR
O758 - Operations to control T-Media.

Sub Value Description Notes

.000 0 –1 Send “Store and reset” to IGM-ETC

.001 0 –1 Send “Load factory setting” to IGM-ETC

.002 0 –1 Send “Debug flags” to IGM-ETC

.003 0 –1 Send “Shutdown” to IGM-ETC side-A

.004 0 –1 Send “Shutdown” to IGM-ETC side-B

.005 0 –1 Send “Reboot” to IGM-ETC side-A

.006 0 –1 Send “Reboot” to IGM-ETC side-B

.007 0 –1 Send “Idle Display” to IGM-ETC side-A

.008 0 –1 Send “Idle Display” to IGM-ETC side-B

© Copyright Rev 14 - 98 - WM061002

3.6.17 O800 – Upload of Misc data, non-LR
O800 - Upload of misc data

Sub value Description

.000 Upload ALL subsequent data types Uploads all data of .001 to .005
0 No upload started
1 Upload to mounted µSD card
2 Upload to mounted USB-MSD device
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 Upload to USB-CDC (Dump on USB com-port)

.001 Upload MCU IDPROM data

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.002 Reserved for Upload I/O-board IDPROM data Not used

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.003 Reserved for Upload POS com-board IDPROM data Not used
0–4 Same command values as of .000

.004 Upload Display IDPROM data All currently connected displays

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.005 0–4 Reserved for Upload ATC IDPROM data Not used
Same command values as of .000

.006 0–4 Reserved for Upload Meter/Pulser Info Not used

Same command values as of .000

.007 0–4 Upload TCP/IP bridge info Show latest “confirmed” unit
Same command values as of .000

.008 0–4 Reserved Upload General Dispenser info. Not used

Same command values as of .000

.009 0–4 Upload Atex Additive IDPROM data Show latest “confirmed” unit
Same command values as of .000

© Copyright Rev 14 - 99 - WM061002

3.6.18 O801 – Upload of µSD card files, non-LR
O801 - Upload of µSD card files

Sub value Description

.000 Upload all files found in /dump/ directory and /trace/ directory
0 No upload started
1 No upload started
2 No upload started
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 No upload started

.001 Upload all files found in /dump/ directory

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.002 Upload all files found in /trace/ directory

0–4 Same command values as of .000

3.6.19 O802 – Delete files on µSD card, non-LR

O802 - Delete files on µSD card

Sub value Description

.000 All files found in /dump/ directory and /trace/ directory are
deleted
0 No action
1 Files are deleted

.001 All files found in /dump/ directory are deleted

0–1 Same command values as of .000

.002 All files found in /trace/ directory are deleted

0–1 Same command values as of .000

© Copyright Rev 14 - 100 - WM061002

3.6.20 O803 – Upload of Various data, non-LR
O803 - Upload of various data

Sub value Description

.000 Upload ALL subsequent data types Uploads all data of subsequent sub-
operations from 803.001
0 No upload started
1 Upload to mounted µSD card
2 Upload to mounted USB-MSD device
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 Upload to USB-CDC (Dump on USB com-port)

.001 Upload Remaining IFSF data

0–4 Same command values as of .000

© Copyright Rev 14 - 101 - WM061002

3.6.21 O950 – Upload of Misc data, LR
O950 - Upload of misc data

sub value Description

.000 Upload ALL subsequent data types Uploads all data of .001 to .004
0 No upload started
1 Upload to mounted µSD card
2 Upload to mounted USB-MSD device
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 Upload to USB-CDC (Dump on USB com-port)

.001 Upload active access table

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.002 Upload BTL configuration

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.003 Upload dispenser configuration Inlc. Descriptive text of each parameter

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.004 Upload error severity levels

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.005 Upload factory default data

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.006 Upload all event logs and statistics data

0–4 Same command values as of .000

.007 0–4 Upload dispenser configuration excluding descriptive text Much faster as it only uploads the
Function# and value.
Same command values as of .000

© Copyright Rev 14 - 102 - WM061002

3.6.22 O951 – Upload of Statistics, LR
O951 - Upload of statistics
sss = statistic (001 – 999)

sub value Description

.sss Upload statistic

0 No upload started
1 Upload to mounted µSD card
2 Upload to mounted USB-MSD device
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 Upload to USB-CDC (Dump on USB com-port)

3.6.23 O952 – Upload of Event logs, LR

O952 - Upload of event logs
eee = event log (001 – 999)

sub value Description

.eee Upload event log

0 No upload started
1 Upload to mounted µSD card
2 Upload to mounted USB-MSD device
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 Upload to USB-CDC (Dump on USB com-port)

3.6.24 O960 – Configuration from parameter file, LR

O960 - Configuration from parameter file

sub value Description

.000 Read parameter file and configure pump

0 No configuration started
1 Configure from mounted µSD card

This operation can read files written by iGEM operations o950.003 and o950.007 in addition to configuration files saved by iGEM2
ServTerm.
3.6.24.1 Directory of the parameter files
The expected directory of the parameter files is /dump. This is also the directory where iGEM saves parameter files in the operations
o950.003 and o950.007.
3.6.24.2 Name of the parameter files
Since the display has a limited number of characters available the whole file name cannot be displayed. The displayed sub-string is taken
from character position 8 to 20 (i.e. 13 characters).
E.g. 950003_210312_141734_dump.csv is a config file written by iGEM on 2021-03-12 at 14:17:34 (by operation o950.003). A sub-string of
13 characters of the file name starting at position 8 is displayed: “210312_141734”.
3.6.24.3 Format of the parameter files
The configuration file is a text file with one line per parameter. The file is a .CSV file with field separators comma ‘,’ or semicolon ‘;’.
The first column in the file is the parameter ID and the second column is the value of the parameter. Any extra columns are discarded.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 103 - WM061002

The parameter ID has the format “Fnnn.nnn”, letter F followed in turn by 3-digit function, decimal point, 3-digit sub-function.
The value (depending on the parameter) is either a numeric decimal value or a text string enclosed in quotes.
Examples of numeric parameters:
F013.002,1
F014.003,20,Dispenser Error-check limits – Max blend error
F015.000,3990.00,Dispenser Limits – Max money amount
Examples of text parameters:
F029.009,” Uer 0000 “
F046.012,”Diesel”,Printer settings – Product 4 Name
F046.019,”L”,Printer settings – Measuring unit

3.6.24.4 Handling configuration from parameter files

1. Make sure that there is a uSD card with parameter files in the /dump directory mounted in the uSD card slot of iGEM2.
2. Log in using Remote control (Engineer or WSA).
3. Go to Operation O960.000 and enter the value 1 to display the files present on the uSD card. “Config” is displayed on the
service line. If no file is found or if no uSD card is mounted then “no file” is displayed in the amount field.
4. Scroll through the list of files and select the displayed file with the ENTER button, or exit with the CLEAR button.
5. The configuration proceeds by reading the file and setting each parameter. The display shows “Ffff.sss” (fff = function, sss =
subfunction) in the amount field. The line number of the parameter is displayed in the price fields.
6. If the parameter is rejected “ERROR” is displayed in the volume field, else the field is blank. If a read error occurs then “FILE
ERROR” is displayed and the line number is displayed in unit price field.
7. When whole file has been processed the display flashes error count in amount field, “ERRORS” in volume, “Lines” and line
count in unit price fields.
8. Press CLEAR a few times to exit to the top menue.
9. Use F000.000 for Exit with or without saving the changes. (See section 3.2.4).

Description Display Notes

File name in step 4. 950003_210312_141734_dump.csv
13 characters (starting is a config file written by iGEM on
3
with character 8) of the
file name are displayed
in the amount and
210312_ 3
2021-03-12 at 14:17:34 (by
operation o950.003).
A sub-string of 13 characters of the

141734 3
volume fields. file name starting at position 8 is
displayed:
The unit price displays
the number of this file
3 “210312_141734”
Config
in the list. 3
Parameter config in
step 5.
1378
F023.082 (displayed in
the amount field) has
been configured
F023.082 1378
successfully.
1378
The unit price displays
the line number in the
1378
Config
config file. 1378
Parameter config in
step 6.
3408
F329.146 (displayed in
the amount field) has
failed.
F329.146 3408
The unit price displays
the line number in the
config file.
Error 3408
3408
Config
3408

© Copyright Rev 14 - 104 - WM061002

Config result in step 7.
The configuration is
6465
done. The number of
errors is displayed in
the amount field.
4312 6465
The unit price displays
the number of lines in
the file.
Errors 6465
6465
Config
6465
Config result in step 7.
The configuration is
Lines
done. The number of
errors is displayed in
the amount field.
4312 Lines
The unit price displays
the number of lines in
the file.
Errors Lines
Lines
Config Lines

Error text in step 3.

No file is found or the
uSD card is not
mounted. no FiLE
Config
Error text in step 6.
A read error has
2436
occurred.
The unit price displays
FiLE 2436
the line number in the
file.
Error 2436
2436
Config
2436

3.6.25 O990 – Upload of FW, LR

O990 - Upload of Firmware
c = channel to upload FW to
1 = USB CDC
2 = CAN
3 = SPI
4 = USB MSD
5 = uSD-card

Sub Value Description

.00c 0–1 Upload Dispenser Application FW Only available via Bootloader

.01c 0–1 Upload Bootloader FW Only available via Bootloader

Uploaded data is in encrypted and signed format.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 105 - WM061002

3.6.26 O991 – Download of FW, LR
O991 - Download of Firmware
c = channel to download FW from
0 = Load program previously downloaded but not written.
1 = USB CDC
2 = CAN
3 = SPI
4 = USB MSD
5 = uSD-card

Sub value Description

.00c Download Dispenser Application FW If running maintenance mode in Dispenser

application, it is possible to perform the file
1 Download is performed by the Dispense application download portion of the operation by
2 Download is performed by the Bootloader setting 1. The Flash update portion is
always performed by the Bootloader

.01c Download Bootloader FW If running maintenance mode in Dispenser

application, it is possible to perform the file
1 Download is performed by the Dispense application download portion of the operation by
2 Download is performed by the Bootloader setting 1. The Flash update portion is
always performed by the Bootloader

Uploaded data is in encrypted and signed format.

3.6.26.1 Download via O991.0x1, ServTerm & USB CDC

Before you start…

• Updating iGEM2 FW from Bootloader require login in with WSA password!
• To obtain a WSA password access is required to the Wayne service portal Code Dealer either personally or via
accredited service representative.

• Before you log in make sure you have the code dealer challenge entry menu available/Accessible

1. Connect PC to iGEM2 using USB cable. Check that orange LED is lit on iGEM2 CPU-board.
2. Start iGem2ServTerm program on PC

3. The program will automatically find iGEM2 on COM port and or

connect. Status is displayed in blue “banner“ at the bottom.
IF UPDATING FW FROM DISPENSER APP, THEN WSA LOG IN IS NOT REQUIRED (ENOUGH TO LOG IN AS ENGINEER) AND STEPS 4 – 10
BELOW CAN BE REPLACED WITH SIMPLY LOGGING IN AS ENGINEER.
4. In lower left corner, select WSA.

Updating FW require WSA access.

5. Also select either Dispenser FW download or
Bootloader FW download.
6. Then press LOGIN button.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 106 - WM061002

7. Enter your WSA user ID (7-digit number) then press OK.

8. Data relevant for generating the WSA password is now

presented.

9. Enter this data into the on-line Code Dealer tool.

10. Enter the “Response code” into the WSA Login dialog.

11. To start the FW download, select “Pump Service” in menu to

left and press the appropriate button under “Download
Firmware”. E.g. DISPENSER FIRMWARE

12. The FW download will take up to a minute and user is

prompted when done.
13. To verify that the FW was properly installed press the CRC-
button and check version and CRC.

Alternatively look at “Firmware Information” under menu

“Pump Information” (not supported by all iGEM FW versions).

© Copyright Rev 14 - 107 - WM061002

3.6.26.2 Download via O991.0x4, USB MSD and remote control
1. Load the iGEM2 FW on a USB MSD in directory \bin\ The LCD display does not show alphabet characters well, so it is
(Example, “F:\bin\9_005_001.bes”). recommended that the FW-file is renamed to only the version
number. Example: “9_001_005.bes”.
2. Connect USB MSD (Flash drive) to iGEM2 using USB OTG Check that orange LED is lit on iGEM-2 CPU-board.
cable.

3. If needed, press CRC button on iGEM2 to enable remote Depend on setting of F501.000
control access.
IF UPDATING FW FROM DISPENSER APP, THEN WSA LOG IN IS NOT REQUIRED (ENOUGH TO LOG IN AS ENGINEER) AND STEPS 4 & 5
BELOW CAN BE REPLACED WITH SIMPLY LOGGING IN AS ENGINEER.
4. Login with WSA. Remote control button ‘5’ and follow normal Step 1: Type user ID then press ENTER
WSA entry procedure.

Enter your user ID,

-------
Enter 991 as function
X
V5Er
Enter 004 as sub function to download Dispenser App FW
5ErV
Enter 014 as sub function to download Bootloader FW
Get WSA challenge
Get MCU board batch and serial number Step 2: Type function then press ENTER

991
X
FUnC
5ErV

Step 3: Type sub-function then press ENTER

004
X
5Ub
5ErV

Step 4: Get challenge string

A7910C
X
61d7d7
5ErV

Step 5: Get MCU board batch/serial number

131016
X
00000
5ErV

© Copyright Rev 14 - 108 - WM061002

5. Get WSA password from password generator as per earlier
description in this document.
6. Enter password then press ENTER PA55
X

7. Press “UP” twice to get to operation menu 0

X
0
o ---

8. Go to operation 991
-------
X
o 991

9. Got to sub-operation 991.0x4 enter option value 2.

2
The execution will be passed to the Bootloader so for a few
seconds, the display will indicate last sales data instead X
0
before showing the file name (as in step 10 below). ! .004

10. Select file to download. 09_001_

“ENTER” selects currently vied file for download 005.bE5
“NEXT” views next file in list X
“CLEAR” aborts file selection and returns to previous step ! .004

11. Automatic step. File is being read from mass storage device
and stored locally on iGEM2 board. When file is completely
stored locally a verification process starts on the downloaded
data.
ProGr
X
099
O 991

12. View result of FW download and download verification. Successful download and verification.
Press “ENTER” to continue
Status codes
1 Successful update.
5tAtU5
6 PRG-load switch needs to be in unprotected position. X
-001-
After changing status of PRG-load switch to
unprotected position it is possible to do the FW o 991
updated in operation O991.000 instead. It is not
necessary to download the file once more.
9 Tamper detected. Downloaded data is deleted. You
need to clear the tamper and restart the download.
15 Verification of downloaded data failed. Signature is
invalid, downloaded data is corrupt or downloaded
data is of unexpected format.
17 Writing downloaded data locally failed. An error
occurred when trying to write data locally.
18 Reading data from file on mass storage device failed.
An error occurred when reading data from mass
storage device.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 109 - WM061002

13. To finish the download sequence, we have to exit
maintenance mode. This is done by the following IR remote
control button sequence… ------
0, (Func)
Enter,
X
FUnC
0, (Sub)
Enter (0000000, 000.000) O 991
Enter (- - - - - - -, 000.000)
3,
Enter (last sales data)

14. When display return to displaying last sales data, the

Bootloader will re-flash which takes appx 30-60 seconds for
the Dispenser App FW or 5-10 seconds for the Bootloader FW. 14.23
X
5.012
o 991

After this, the application will start to run.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 110 - WM061002

3.6.27 O992 – Reserved for security critical operation, LR

3.6.28 O993 – Reserved for security critical operation, LR

3.6.29 O994 – Reserved for security critical operation, LR

3.6.30 O995 – Clear severe system errors, LR

O995 - Clear severe system errors that are blocking the dispenser

sub value Description

.000 0–1 Clear Tamper Error E.g. breach of CPU-board housing

.001 0–1 Clear DB error E.g. corrupt totalizers

.002 0–1 Clear VBAT or RTC error E.g. incorrect Battery replacement
procedure

.003 0–1 Clear I/O-board Tamper Error After replacement/connection of I/O-board

WSA entry required

© Copyright Rev 14 - 111 - WM061002

3.6.31 O999 – Wayne R&D features, LR
O999 - operations used by Wayne R&D team

sub value Description

.000 Enable debug mode

0 Disabled
1 – 255 Number of hours that Debug shall be enabled Pump computer keep track of time and will
disable when time has elapsed.

.001 0 -1 Upload security keys

.002 Upload of RAM dump Uploaded in encrypted format

0 No upload started
1 Upload to mounted µSD card
2 Upload to mounted USB-MSD device
3 Upload to active iSense channel. Channel used to start upload
4 Upload to USB-CDC (Dump on USB com-port)

WSA entry required

© Copyright Rev 14 - 112 - WM061002

3.7 Statistics

3.7.1 General
The software controls access to statistics and sub-statistics. It contains an access level table that determines what functions each user has
access to. Access levels are as follows:

• Read and Write

• Read only
• No access
To enter the statistics viewing mode press either the UP or DOWN arrow when the unit price is displaying “F - - “. When you enter the
statistics viewing mode, the unit price display window shows “S - - “, the money display window shows the current transaction count for
side B, and the volume display window shows the current transaction count for side A. To view specific statistics, enter any statistic
number using the number keys and press ENTER. The corresponding number shows in the money display window.

14097 14097 fillings on side B

X
9903 9903 fillings on side A

5---

3.7.2 Overview
Statistic Description

Per Pump computer

S001 Reset counter, Resettable

S002 Meter Volume Totals

S005 ATC Evaluation mode NET Totals

S011 Reset counter, Non-resettable

S012 Meter Volume Totalizers

S013 WIP/XWIP statistics

S014 Coriolis meter statistics

S015 24VDC Voltage Drop statistics

S050 Output feedback status

S051 System Voltage min/max values

S052 Atex Additive Node Totals statistics

Per Fuelling Point / Side

s = side (1 – 4)

Ss01 Totals per logical nozzle, Resettable

Ss02 Error/event counters, Resettable

Ss11 Totalizers per logical nozzle, Non-resettable

Ss12 Error/event counters, Non-resettable

Ss51 VR Monitoring statistics

Ss52 VR Monitoring daily average

Misc Information per device

S500 Reserved for future Meter Info

S501 Reserved for future Display Info

S502 Reserved for future I/O-board Info

S503 Reserved for future ATC Info

© Copyright Rev 14 - 113 - WM061002

3.7.3 S001 – Reset Counters, resettable
S001 - View /clear misc resettable counters

sub Page Description

.001 1 Number of Resets (any type) As registered by Bootloader

.002 1 Number of Normal Power Wake-up

.003 1 Number of Soft Resets due to Maintenance Operation E.g. after FW download

.004 1 Number of Soft Resets by button Button press < 5 seconds

.005 1 Number of Hard Resets by button Button pressed > 5-9 sec

.006 1 Number of Cold Starts by button

.007 1 Number of Cold Starts by Soft Command

.008 1 Number of Watchdog resets

.009 1 Number of Hard Fault resets

.010 1 Number of other serious MCU related resets

.011 1 Number of Debug Tool Resets

Clear by pressing # key 3 times on remote controller. Resets to zero on Exit & Save

3.7.4 S002 – Volume Totals per Meter

S002 - View / clear Totals per meter #
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Net totals

2 Gross Totals

Clear by pressing # key 3 times on remote controller. Resets to zero on Exit & Save

3.7.5 S005 – ATC Evaluation mode NET Volume Totals per Meter
S005 - View / clear ATC Evaluation mode NET Totals per meter # (nof pulses)
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Net totals in number of pulses WIP/XWIP → 400 pulses per litre

Clear by pressing # key 3 times on remote controller. Resets to zero on Exit & Save

© Copyright Rev 14 - 114 - WM061002

3.7.6 S011 – Reset Counters, Non-resettable
S011 - View misc non-resettable counters

sub Page Description

.001 1 Number of Resets (any type) As registered by Bootloader

.002 1 Number of Normal Power Wake-up

.003 1 Number of Soft Resets due to Maintenance Operation E.g. after FW download

.004 1 Number of Soft Resets by button Button press < 5 seconds

.005 1 Number of Hard Resets by button Button pressed > 5-9 sec

.006 1 Number of Cold Starts by button

.007 1 Number of Cold Starts by Soft Command

.008 1 Number of Watchdog resets

.009 1 Number of Hard Fault resets

.010 1 Number of other serious MCU related resets

.011 1 Number of Debug Tool Resets

3.7.7 S012 – Volume Totalizers per Meter

S012 - View Totalizers per meter #
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Net totalizers

2 Gross totalizers

3.7.8 S013 – WIP statistics

S013 - View WIP statistics per meter # (also applies for XWIP)
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Serial No

2 Totalizers in Litres

3 Totalizer of previously installed WIP

4 Pulse error counter of WIP

5 Back pulse counter of WIP

6 Number of WIP replacements on this meter position

© Copyright Rev 14 - 115 - WM061002

3.7.9 S014 – Coriolis meter statistics
S014 - View Coriolis statistics per meter #
mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Serial No

2 Totalizer

3 Totalizer of previously installed Coriolis meter

4 Number of Coriolis meter replacements on this meter position

3.7.10 S015 – 24VDC Voltage Drop statistics

S014 - View 24VDC Voltage Drop statistics

sub Page Description

.001 1 Number of 24V DC voltage drops

3.7.11 S050 – Output Feedback status

S050 - View current Motor-, Valve and Spare output status

sub Page Description

.000 1 Motor feedback status, errors having occurred in state ON Each bit of value representing a motor#

2 Motor feedback status, errors having occurred in state OFF Each bit of value representing a motor#

3 Valve feedback status, errors having occurred in state ON Each bit of value representing a valve#

4 Valve feedback status, errors having occurred in state OFF Each bit of value representing a valve#

5 Spare out feedback status, errors having occurred in state ON Each bit of value representing an output#

6 Spare out feedback status, errors having occurred in state OFF Each bit of value representing an output#

© Copyright Rev 14 - 116 - WM061002

3.7.12 S051 – System voltage min/max values
S051 - View the minimum and maximum voltages (24, 15, 5, vbat) registered by iGEM2

sub Page Description

.000 1 24VDC min value Min value will include period between
Lowest value registered since last reset/clear of S051 power is lost and Dispenser App detect the
loss of power. I e a low value will be normal.

2 24VDC max value

Highest value registered since last reset/clear of S051

3 15VDC WIP min value Min value will include period between
Lowest value registered since last reset/clear of S051 power is lost and Dispenser App detect the
loss of power. I e a low value will be normal.

4 15VDC WIP max value

Highest value registered since last reset/clear of S051

5 15VDC Nozzle/Atc min value Min value will include period between
Lowest value registered since last reset/clear of S051 power is lost and Dispenser App detect the
loss of power. I e a low value will be normal.

6 15VDC Nozzle/Atc max value

Highest value registered since last reset/clear of S051

7 5VDC min value Min value will include period between

Lowest value registered since last reset/clear of S051 power is lost and Dispenser App detect the
loss of power. I e a low value will be normal.

8 5VDC max value

Highest value registered since last reset/clear of S051

9 VBAT min value Only measure the VBAT once per MCU-
Lowest value registered since last reset/clear of S051 Reset and then once every hour since it
drains the battery to test it.

10 VBAT max value “

Highest value registered since last reset/clear of S051

To clear this statistic, use operation O755.000 = 1

3.7.13 S052 – Atex Additive per node statistics

S052 - View the ATEX Additive Node totals
N = node# (1-4)

sub Page Description

.00n 1 Total volume of additive fluid dispensed through the node 10000 = 1 litre
during transaction.
Volume displayed in 1/10 of a millilitre increments.

2 Total volume of additive fluid dispensed as per detected and This value will change with board
reported by the Additive control board. replacements.
Volume displayed in 1/10 of a millilitre increments.

3.7.14 S053 – Switch input configuration

S053 - View number of functionalities mapped to each switch input
SSS = raw switch inputs 1-172

sub Page Description

.SSS 1 Number of functionalities mapped to this input

See chapter 12 for switch input information

© Copyright Rev 14 - 117 - WM061002

3.7.15 Ss01 – Resettable totals per logical nozzle
Ss01 - View/clear totals per logical nozzle
s = side (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle # (1 – 8)

sub Page Description

.00n 1 Net Volume totals

2 Gross Volume totals

3 Money totals Cash + credit totals

4 Credit Money totals

5 Cash Money totals

6 No of Serial fillings

7 No of Stand Alone fillings

Clear by pressing # key 3 times on remote controller. Resets to zero on Exit & Save

3.7.16 Ss02 – Error/Event Counters, Resettable

Ss02 - View/clear error counters (per error code)
s = side (1 – 4)
eee = error code (1 – 999)

sub Page Description

.eee Number of times error has occurred since last cleared

Clear by pressing # key 3 times on remote controller. Resets to zero on Exit & Save

3.7.17 Ss11 – Non-resettable totals per logical nozzle

Ss01 - View totalizers per logical nozzle
s = side (1 – 4)
n = logical nozzle # (1 – 8)

sub Page Description

.00n 1 Net Volume totalizers

2 Gross Volume totalizers

3 Money totalizers Cash + credit totals

4 Credit Money totalizers

5 Cash Money totalizers

6 No of Serial fillings

7 No of Stand Alone fillings

© Copyright Rev 14 - 118 - WM061002

3.7.18 Ss12 – Error/Event Counters, Non-resettable
Ss12 - View error counters (per error code)
s = side (1 – 4)
eee = error code (1 – 999)

sub Page Description

.eee Number of times error has occurred during board lifetime

3.7.19 Ss51 – VR Monitoring statistics

Ss51 - View VR Monitoring statistics

n = logical nozzle # (1 – 8)

sub Page Description

.00n 1 Last reported status for logical nozzle

2 Number of failed self-checks Not used by Dover VR

3 Number of VRM fillings without error

4 Number of VRM fillings with A/L to low (<85%)

5 Number of VRM fillings with A/L to high (>115%)

6 Number of VRM fillings with 50Hz bursts during filling Not used by Dover VR

7 Number of VRM fillings with high frequency (>1kHz) Not used by Dover VR

3.7.20 Ss52 – Daily A/L of VR Monitoring

Ss52 - View daily average VR A/L of the last year (365 days)
s = side (1 – 4)
ddd = day (1 – 365 where 1 = yesterday)

Sub Page Description

.ddd Daily average in %

3.7.21 S500 – Reserved for Meter Info

3.7.22 S501 – Reserved for Display Info

3.7.23 S502 – Reserved for I/O-board Info

© Copyright Rev 14 - 119 - WM061002

3.8 Event logs

3.8.1 General
The software controls access to event logs. It contains an access level table that determines what functions each user has access to.
Access levels are as follows:
• Read only
• No access
To enter the event log viewing mode press either the UP or DOWN arrow when the unit price is displaying “F - - “. When you enter the
event log viewing mode, the unit price display window shows “E - - “, the money display window shows the current transaction count for
side D, and the volume display window shows the current transaction count for side C. To view specific event logs, enter any event log
number using the number keys and press ENTER. The corresponding number shows in the money display window.

3245 3245 fillings on side D

111 fillings on side C
X
111
E---

© Copyright Rev 14 - 120 - WM061002

3.8.2 Overview
Event Log Description Event Log Description

Per Pump computer Per Fuelling Point / Side

s = side (1 – 4)

E001 Reset Event Log Es01 Error event log

E002 Reset Info Log Es02 Transaction Log

E004 Meter Volume unit change event log Es03 Blend change event log

E005 Pulse output change event log Es51 Flow rate log

E006 Product pressurize change event log Es52 VRM log

E007 ATC change event log Es53 VRM faulty fillings log

E008 General Parameter change event log Es54 VR error log

E009 Dispenser Application FW change event log Security critical logs

E010 Reserved for Data download event log E500 Hard fault log

E011 Coriolis ZPA event log E501 WSA entry log

E012 Coriolis parameter change event log E502 Engineer entry log

E013 ATC evaluation mode change event log E503 Manager entry log

E014 Reserved for Unit price change event log E504 Operator entry log

E015 WIP calibration event log E505 Security critical event log

E016 Bootloader FW change event log E506 InMetro Error Log

E017 Meter calibration event log E507 InMetro Maintenance Log

E018 PPM board calibration event log E508 InMetro LR Change Log

E019 Device replacement event log E509 InMetro Software Download Log

E031 Filling Mode change event log

E032 Density indication change event log

E033 Password change event log

E034 Operation execution event log

E040 FW upload event log

E041 Data upload event log

E050 VRM change event log

E051 Door security event log

© Copyright Rev 14 - 121 - WM061002

3.8.3 Event log entries

3.8.4 E001 – Reset Event Log

E001 - View Reset Log updated by Bootloader
rr = Reset entry (01 – 20). 01 is most recent that has occurred.

Sub Page Description

.0rr 1 Date and Time of Shut down E.g. time of the power failure

2 Date and Time of Start-up E.g. time of power return

3 Bit mask (Hex) for Shut Down cause Se 3.8.4.1.

Money = High order
Volume = low order

4 Bit mask (Hex) for Reset Source bits Se 3.8.4.2

Money = High order
Volume = low order

5 Bit mask (Hex) for Start-up Status Se 3.8.4.3.

6 Reset Counter

3.8.4.1 Shut Down Cause bits

Bit Description Actions

0 NMI (power down).

1 SOFT RESET.

2 HARD ERROR (severe issue with HW or SW). Check Hard Fault log E500 for information on where in code error
occurred.

3 UNEXPECTED IRQ.

4 WATCHDOG RESET Check for error code 991 in Error log E101 (Side-A).
Device code and Lnoz# indicate which task(s) caused WDOG reset.

5 SOFT RESET AFTER CHANGE OF SECURITY SETTINGS (BTL)

6 SOFT RESET AFTER BTL FW UPDATED

7 SOFT RESET BY RESET-BUTTON

8 START ON BATTERY

9 EXECUTING OUT OF SCOPE

10 Not used

11 TASK CREATION FAILURE

12 SOFT RESET AFTER CHANGE OF SECURITY SETTINGS

(Dispenser App)

13 SOFT RESET AFTER DISPENSER APP FW UPDATED

14 SOFT RESET BY REMOTE REQUEST

15 SOFT RESET BY COLD START

16 SOFT RESET TO FORCE EXIT FROM TCP/IP MAINTENANCE Check TCP/IP connection.
MODE

© Copyright Rev 14 - 122 - WM061002

3.8.4.2 MCU Reset Source bits
Bit 0 WAKEUP from Battery mode.
Bit 1, 3, 4, 13 & 14 Not used.
Bit 2 Loss of Clock Reset
Bit 5 Watchdog
Bit 6 Hard Reset by button
Bit 7 Power-On Reset
Bit 8 & 11 DEBUGGER Reset
Bit 9 MCU Core LOCKUP
Bit 10 SW Reset
Bit 12 Production Tool Reset
Bit 15 TAMPER

3.8.4.3 Start-up Status bits

Bit 0 EEPROM not initialized. This bit is set when EEPROM is not initialized.
Bit 1 RTC VAT power on error. This bit is set when RTC is not initialized.
Bit 2 RTC TSR too low. This bit is set when RTC time is set to a time before 2010.
Bit 3 Internal RAM error. This bit is set when internal RAM check fails.
Bit 4 External RAM error. This bit is set when external RAM check fails.
Bit 5 BTL ROM error. This bit is set when BTL is corrupt.
Bit 6 iGEM FW internal LR error. This bit is set when iGEM FW internal LR part has wrong CRC32 checksum.
Bit 7 iGEM FW internal non-LR error. This bit is set when iGEM FW internal non-LR part has wrong CRC32 checksum.
Bit 8 iGEM FW external LR error. This bit is set when iGEM FW external LR part has wrong checksum.
Bit 9 iGEM FW external non-LR error. This bit is set when iGEM FW external non-LR part has wrong checksum.
Bit 10 iGEM FW LR error. This bit is set when iGEM FW LR part has wrong checksum.
Bit 11 iGEM FW error. This bit is set when iGEM FW has wrong checksum.
Bit 12 iGEM FW SHA error. This bit is set when iGEM FW has wrong SHA checksum.
Bit 13 Not used/set
Bit 14 Not used/set
Bit 15 Voltage level out of range. This bit is set when any of 24V, 15V or 5V regulators has incorrect voltage level when checked.
Bit 16 VBAT level out of range. This bit is set when Vbat level is out of range.
Bit 17 Security keys database corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 18 Tamper active at boot. This bit is set when tamper is active at boot.
Bit 19 MCU started in unsecure mode (Debug is enabled).
Bit 20 Internal non-volatile data is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 21 Security critical database is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 22 Data upload log is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 23 Program upload log is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 24 Reset information log is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 25 Configuration database is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 26 Program download log is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 27 Hard fault log is corrupt. This bit is set when the database is detected to be corrupt.
Bit 28 I/O-board has been removed.
Bit 28 – 32 Not used/set

© Copyright Rev 14 - 123 - WM061002

3.8.5 E002 – Reset Event Info Log
E002 - View Complementary information related to the 5 most resent resets of E001, updated by the Boot loader.
R = Reset entry (1 – 5), not in order!

Sub Page Description

.00r 1 Date and Time of Reset Start-up E.g. time of power return

2 Money = Reset Counter Match this value with the one in E001.
Volume = 24VDC in mV

3 Money = 15VDC WIP in mV WIP has a separate 15VDC power with

power hold-up capacitors.
Volume = 15VDC NZL, ATC etc in mV

4 Money = 5VDC in mV
Volume = VBAT in mV

5 IRQ# Not used

3.8.6 E004 – Unit of Measure Change Event Log

E004 - View Unit of measure change event log (Litre, Gallon, Imperial Gallon etc).
cc = Change event entry (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = Total number change events

Volume = Current unit of measure E.g. LitrES or GALLOn

2 Money = Date
Volume = Time

3.8.7 E005 – Pulse Output Change Event Log

E005 - View Pulse output resolution change event log.
Cc = Change event entry (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = Unit of Measure & current resolution Example:

(Resolution in units of 1/100th of the Unit of measure) “ L 1” = 1/100 of a Liter (=1cl) per pulse
“ G 10” = 10/100 of a Gallon per pulse.
Volume = Total number change events

2 Money = Date
Volume = Time

© Copyright Rev 14 - 124 - WM061002

3.8.8 E006 – Product Pressurize Change Event Log
E006 - View Product pressurize change event log.
Cc = Change event entry (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = Number of change events Example:

Volume = Pressurize status nonE → No change event
0-OFF → Test disabled
1-On P → Pressurize test enabled
2-On S → Second clear test enabled

2 Money = Date
Volume = Time

3.8.9 E007 – ATC Change Event Log

E007 - View ATC change event log.
Cc = Change event entry (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = total number of change events Example:

Volume = ATC status nonE → No change event
(TC = Temperature Compensation) tC On → ATC activated
tC Off → Pressurize test enabled

2 Money = Date
Volume = Time

3.8.10 E008 – Parameter Change Event Log

E008 - View the last 1000 parameter changes.
Ccc = Change entry (0 – 999)

sub Page Description

.ccc 1 Money = Function/Parameter that was changed E.g. “F001.001”

Volume = Change session event counter
A log-in with 1 or more parameters changed followed
by a save and exit.

2 New value

3 Old value

4 Money = Date
Volume = Time

© Copyright Rev 14 - 125 - WM061002

3.8.11 E009 – Dispenser Application Program Change Event Log
E009 - View the last 100 Dispenser Application program changes.
Ccc = Change entry (1 – 100)

sub Page Description

.ccc 1 Money = Date

Volume = Time

2 CRC32 of LR program parts

3 CRC32 or complete dispenser application

4 Version in format xxx.vvv.sss Leading zeroes of xxx are suppressed

Money = xxx
Volume = vvv.sss

5 Money = User ID of technician that performed the update If done using WSA
Volume = Result
SuccESS
FAIL S Failure due to invalid signature
FAIL T Failure due to tamper
FAIL C Failure due to FW checksum failure
FAIL P Failure due to PRG_LOAD switch
FAIL F Failure due to write to flash
FAIL d Failure due to unknown reason.

6 Money = Total number change events

Volume = Operation# used for download E.g. “991001” = via USB com port

Every 100th download/change event will require the PRG_LOAD switch to be set in un-protected position. If the PRG_LOAd switch is not
in un-protected position on this filling, then the download/change is not possible.

3.8.12 E010 – Reserved for Data Download Event Log

3.8.13 E011 – Coriolis Meter ZPA Event Log

E011 - View the last Zero Point Adjustment event of each Coriolis meter.
0mm = Coriolis meter # (1-12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Money = Number of ZPA events

Volume = Adjustment value

2 Money = Density of the fluid at the time of ZPA

Volume = Temperature of the fluid at the time of ZPA

3 Money = Date
Volume = Time

3.8.14 E012 – Coriolis Parameter Change Event Log

To be added

© Copyright Rev 14 - 126 - WM061002

3.8.15 E013 – ATC Evaluation Mode Change Event Log
E013 - View ATC Evaluation Mode change event log.
Cc = Change event entry (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = Number of change events Example:

Volume = ATC Evaluation Mode status nonE → No change event
AE On → ATC Eval. Mode enabled
AE Off → ATC eval. Mode disabled

2 Money = Date
Volume = Time

3.8.16 E014 – Reserved for Unit Price Change Event Log

3.8.17 E015 – WIP/XWIP Local Calibration Change Event Log

E015 - View WIP/XWIP calibration change event log. This is the history stored locally in the currently connected unit.
Mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Money = Number of calibration events of the WIP/XWIP WIP will display the Raw value
st
1 menu level
XWIP will display calibration factor value or
Volume = “- - - - - -“ code for calibration table download or table
2nd menu level selection depending on action performed.

Volume = Calibration value

2 WIP/XWIP totalizer in number of centilitres (cl)

3 WIP/XWIP error counter

© Copyright Rev 14 - 127 - WM061002

3.8.18 E016 – BTL Program Change Event Log
E016 - View the 10 latest Bootloader Program changes.
0cc = Download event # (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = Date

Volume = Time

2 CRC32 of Legally Relevant part

3 CRC32 of complete program Complete Bootloader program is LR

4 Version in format xxx.vvv.sss Leading zeroes of xxx are suppressed

Money = xxx
Volume = vvv.sss

5 Money = User ID of technician that performed the update If done using WSA
Volume = Result
SuccESS
FAIL S Failure due to invalid signature
FAIL T Failure due to tamper
FAIL C Failure due to FW checksum failure
FAIL P Failure due to PRG_LOAD switch
FAIL F Failure due to write to flash
FAIL d Failure due to unknown reason.

6 Money = Total number change events

Volume = Operation# used for download E.g. “991011” = via USB com port

3.8.19 E017 – iGEM Meter Calibration Change Event Log

E017 - View Meter calibration change event log.
Mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Money = Date When calibration occurred

Volume = Time

2 Money = Number of calibration events of the WIP/XWIP WIP will display the Raw value
Volume = Calibration value XWIP will display calibration factor value or
code for calibration table download or table
selection depending on action performed.

3 Meter totalizer S012

© Copyright Rev 14 - 128 - WM061002

3.8.20 E018 – PPM-board Calibration Change Event Log
E018 - View PPM-board calibration change event log.
Mm = meter # (1 – 12)

sub Page Description

.0mm 1 Money = Date When calibration occurred

Volume = Time

2 Money = Number of calibration events of the PPM-board

Volume = Calibration value

3 Meter totalizer S012

3.8.21 E019 – Device Replacement Event Log

E019 - View device replacement event log.
Dd = device type
1 = ATC TM-board
2 = TCP/IP-bridge
3 = ATEC Additive Board
4 = I/O-board (Generation 2)

Sub 1 Sub 2 Page Description

.0dd .001 latest vent 1 Money = Date When replacement was confirmed
.005 oldest event Volume = Time

2 Money = Number of device replacement

events
Volume = Part no

3 Money = Batch no
Volume = Serial no

3.8.22 E031 – Filling Mode Change Event Log

To be added

3.8.23 E032 – ATC Density Change Event Log

To be added

3.8.24 E033 – Password Change Event Log

To be added

© Copyright Rev 14 - 129 - WM061002

3.8.25 E034 – Maintenance mode Operations event log
E034 - View Maintenance mode operations event log.
Cc = Change event entry (1 – 100)

sub Page Description

.ccc 1 Money = Operation number that was executed / changed E.g. “O752.000”
Volume = Event count “24”

2 Option value that started operation.

3 Money = Date
Volume = Time

3.8.26 E040 – Reserved for FW Upload Event Log

3.8.27 E041 – Reserved for Data Upload Event Log

3.8.28 E050 – VRM Change Event Log

E050 - View the last 10 VRM parameter changes.
0cc = Change entry (1 – 10)

sub Page Description

.0cc 1 Money = Date

Volume = Time

2 Money = Parameter Updated on changes to

- F053.000
Volume = Nof total changes - F054.000 to F054.002
- Fs51.000 to Fs51.002

3 Money = Old value

Volume = New value

3.8.29 E051 – Door access Event Log

E051 - Door access event log
eee = Door event log event number (1 – 96) where number 1 is the newest and 96 the oldest

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Date and time of door event

2 Door event count

3 Money = door type 0 = Bezel door, 1 = Hydraulic door

Volume = door status 0 = door closed, 1 = door opened

© Copyright Rev 14 - 130 - WM061002

3.8.30 Es01 – Error Event Log
Es01 - Error event log
eee = Error event log event number (1 –100) where number 1 is the newest and 100 the oldest

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Date and time of error event

2 Money = EEE.DD.NN EEE = error code

DD = device number
Volume = Filling counter NN = Lnoz number

3 Money = severity level See part 4.1.

1=A
…
10 = J

3.8.31 Es02 – Transaction Event Log

Es02 - Transaction event log
ee= Transaction event log event number (1 –10) where number 1 is the newest and 10 the oldest

sub Page Description

.0ee 1 Money= Money amount of transaction

Volume = Volume amount of the transaction

2 Money = unit price of the transaction

Volume = Logical nozzle of the transaction

3 Date and Time

4 Money = Filling counter

3.8.32 Es03 – Blend Change Event Log

Es03 - Blend change event log
n = logical nozzle number
e = event# (1-10)

Sub1 Sub2 Page Description

.00n 1 Money = total number of blend ratio change events for his logical nozzle

2 Money = Primary blend ratio

Volume = Ternary blend ratio

.00e 1 Money = Primary blend ratio

Volume = Ternary blend ratio

2 Money = Date of change

Volume = Time of change

© Copyright Rev 14 - 131 - WM061002

3.8.33 Es51 – Flow Rate Log
Es51 - View Flow rate log
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
.0nf
n = lnoz#,
f = filling count 1-3 where 1 is the latest filling

sub Page Description

.0nf 1 Date and Time of filling

2 Duration of filling (HH.MM.SS)

Total average flow rate of filling

3 Peak total flow rate of filling

Time of Peak in seconds with one decimal Example: 1.8 = peak reached 1.8 sec into
state FUELLING.

4 Average flow rate of primary meter

Peak flow rate of primary meter

5 Average flow rate of secondary meter

Peak flow rate of secondary meter

6 Average flow rate of ternary meter

Peak flow rate of ternary meter

7 Result (Clogged or Good) cLoGGEd or Good

Number of consecutive clogged fillings the filling represented

3.8.34 Es52 – VRM Filling Log

Es52 - View VRM filling log
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
eee = VRM filling log event number (0 – 999) where number 0 is the newest and 999 the oldest

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Status, error order, A/L and logical nozzle number

2 Vapour volume and fuel volume of monitoring part of

transaction

3 Vapour volume and fuel volume of complete transaction

4 Date and time of VRM filling

5 Reference A/L and self-check A/L

© Copyright Rev 14 - 132 - WM061002

3.8.35 Es53 – VRM Faulty Fillings Log
Es53 - View VRM fault filling log
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
eee = VRM faulty filling log event number (1 – 30) where number 1 is the oldest 30 the newest
This log is empty until the VRM timer has triggered to start. When this occurs, the 10 consecutive erroneous fillings that triggered the
timer as well as the 10 preceding fillings are available. The log will keep updating with the 10 subsequent fillings then freeze.
.01 - .10 Fillings that did not trigger the timer (not 10 consecutive erroneous fillings).
.11 - .20 The 10 consecutive fillings where .20 was the 10:th that triggered the VRM timer to start.
.21 - .30 The 10 subsequent fillings following after the timer started (will be added as they occur)

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Status, error order, A/L and logical nozzle number

2 Vapour volume and fuel volume of monitoring part of

transaction

3 Vapour volume and fuel volume of complete transaction

4 Date and time of VRM filling

5 Reference A/L and self-check A/L

3.8.36 Es54 – VR Error Log

Es54 - View VR error log
s = side/FP (1 – 4)
eee = VR error event log number (1 – 100) where number 1 is the newest and 100 the oldest

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Date and time of VR error

2 VR error code, device code and logical nozzle.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 133 - WM061002

3.8.37 Es55 – Dover VR Log latest record
Es55 - View latest record of Dover VR log
s = side/FP (1 – 4)

sub Page Description

.001 1 Money: Transaction Number

Volume: Sequence Number

2 Money: Date YY.MM.DD

Volume: Time HH.MM

3 Money: Valid --- Efficiency

Volume: Delivery Type --- Nozzle

4 Money: Total Delivery Time (seconds)

Volume: Qualified Delivery Time (seconds)

5 Money: Total Fuel Volume

Volume: Total Gas Volume

6 Money: Qualified Fuel Volume

Volume: Qualified Gas Volume

7 Money: Average Fuel Flowrate --- Average Vapour Flowrate

Volume: Block Timer Status---Bad Efficiency Counter

8 Money: Dover VR error

Volume: VFM error

3.8.38 E500 – Hard Fault Log

For internal use only.

3.8.39 E501 – WSA MM Entry Log

E501 - WSA Maintenance mode entry log
ee = Entry event# 1-20 (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.0ee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = WSA user ID 7 digits

Volume = entry event counter

3 Money = Function/operation to which entry was requested E.g. “---.---“ or “066.000”

Volume = Entry channel 1 = USB serial com
2 = CAN-bus
4 = TCP/IP
8 = IR remote control

© Copyright Rev 14 - 134 - WM061002

3.8.40 E502 – Engineer MM Entry Log
E502 - Engineer level Maintenance mode entry log
ee = Entry event# 1-20 (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.0ee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = 0 (no user ID possible)

Volume = entry event counter

3 Money = “-------“ (no entry mask)

Volume = Entry channel 1 = USB serial com
2 = CAN-bus
4 = TCP/IP
8 = IR remote control

3.8.41 E503 – Station Manager MM Entry Log

E503 - Station manager level Maintenance mode entry log
ee = Entry event# 1-20 (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.0ee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = 0 (no user ID possible)

Volume = entry event counter

Only entry via IR remote control

3.8.42 E504 – Station Operator MM Entry Log

E504 - Station operator level Maintenance mode entry log
ee = Entry event# 1-20 (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.0ee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = 0 (no user ID possible)

Volume = entry event counter

Only entry via IR remote control

3.8.43 E505 – Security Critical Event Log

For internal use only.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 135 - WM061002

3.8.44 E506 – InMetro Error Log
E506 - InMetro Error Log
eee = Entry event# (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = Device ID the error happened on. 0 = “Other” devices, “Other” can be Bluetooth device, an error
1-12 = Display, 13-24 = DSP specific to iGEM2, etc
Volume = Error code See below table

Sinst 21 Table 12
Description of the event that caused the interruption iGEM2 Error/Event
Code
00h try to access the instrument not authorized 629, 630
difference in fuel volume reading between transducer and 707
01h
calculator devices
02h failure in checking the identifier of the transducer device 400
03h failure in checking the public key of the transducer device 700, 701, 702
04h failure in checking the digital signature by the display device 703
failure in checking the digital signature by the calculator- n/a
05h
display device
06h – 1Fh failure codes reserved for InMetro n/a
20h InMetro Logs Full 706
21h Transducer Certificate has expired 705
22h Bluetooth Device Not Connected 285
23h General NV InMetro Log Data corrupted ?
24h Operating data for InMetro Logs corrupted ?

© Copyright Rev 14 - 136 - WM061002

3.8.45 E507 – InMetro Maintenance Log
E507 - InMetro Maintenance Log
eee = Entry event# (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = Device ID the maintenance was performed on. 0 = “Other” can be Bluetooth device, an error
“Other” devices, 1-12 = Display, 13-24 = DSP specific to iGEM2, etc
Volume = Access Level All will be “9” WSA

3 Money = Maintenance Code See table below

Volume = ------

Sinst 21 Table 13 Description iGEM2 event/operation

Code
01h maintenance to the transducer device: free operation O701.001, O705.004
02h maintenance to the transducer device: inoperative n/a
03h maintenance to the display device: free operation O701.002
04h maintenance to the display device: inoperative n/a
O701.000, O701.011,
05h maintenance to other parts of the measuring pump: free operation O705.000 O705.001,
O705.002, O705.003
06h maintenance to other parts of the measuring pump: inoperative n/a

© Copyright Rev 14 - 137 - WM061002

3.8.46 E508 – InMetro LR Change Log
E508 - InMetro LR Change Log
eee = Entry event# (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = InMetro Parameter changed See below table, right row

Volume = Access Level

3 Money = Old Value

Volume = New Value

Parameter Description “changed parameter” as

reported to cmd 08h of [2]
F002.000 – F002.002 Date and Time 1–3
F003.000 Enable/disable INMETRO mode 4
F010 Common pump defining configurations 5–7
F012.001 - .003 Nof decimals 8 – 10
F016.005 MPI Pulse volume 11
F021.000 Denomination ratio 12
F021.004 and .005 Rounding settings 13 – 14
F030.1mm Maximum allowed reverse/error pulses during a 15 – 26
filling
F030.4mm Maximum allowed forward flow pulses on IDLE 27 – 38
meter
F031.000 Unit of measure 39
F031.003 Meter simulation Mode 40
F031.004 Require confirmation on pulser/meter 41
replacement
Fs24 Blend ratio settings 42 – 105
Other changes that shall be recorded in the log:

Change “changed parameter” as

reported to cmd 08h of [2]
Meter calibration constant detected to have been changed on a confirmed DSP 1001 – 1012 (per transducer)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 138 - WM061002

3.8.47 E509 – InMetro SW Download Log
E509 - InMetro SW Download Log
eee = Entry event# (1 = latest event)

sub Page Description

.eee 1 Money = Date of entry event

Volume = Time of entry event

2 Money = Device ID the error happened on. 0 = “Other” devices, “Other” can be Bluetooth device, an error
1-12 = Display, 13-24 = DSP specific to iGEM2, etc
Volume = Access Level All will be “1” Engineer due to iGEM2 not
being involved

3 Money = Old Version

Volume = New Version

© Copyright Rev 14 - 139 - WM061002

4 ERROR CODES

4.1 Error/Event Classification

Depending on how serious an error or event is, it may be handled differently. Errors/Events shall be classified as specified in the table
below:

Error Type Classification Description

LOG A Error/event is only logged.

TERMINATION B Error/event is logged as specified above and filling is terminated.

SEMI-FATAL C Error/event is logged as specified above, filling is terminated, and current dispenser
side is closed. Error cleared on entry to maintenance mode or Reset.

SEMI-FATAL, NOT CLEARD ON D Error/event is logged as specified above, filling is terminated, and current dispenser
MM EXIT or RESET side is closed. Error only cleared on specific command or action. Error state is
remembered between resets.

FULLY-FATAL E Error/event is logged as specified above, filling is terminated and both dispenser sides
are closed.

CATASTROPHIC F Error/event is logged as specified above, filling is terminated and both dispenser sides
are closed, power cycle must be done

INDICATION G Error/event is not logged, but certain message on display gives information about error

DISABLED H Error is not logged, no action

COUNT I Error is not logged, error counter is increased.

BOOT LOCK J Pump remain in Bootloader mode. Dispenser application will not be started until error
has been corrected.
Only method of communication with iGEM is by using remote control or iSense.
POS com is NOT running, and no fillings are possible.

4.2 Consequences of errors

4.2.1 Corrupt/Damaged Data

If non-volatile data is damaged the concerned data is cleared/zeroed.
Restart is required in case of CATASTROPHIC error as result of the damaged data.

4.2.2 Replacement of Devices

If a critical device, such as e.g. the I/O board, a WIP or a display, is replaced an error is logged. It is not possible to perform filling using the
device unless the device replacement is confirmed in F701.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 140 - WM061002

4.3 Error/Event Types
The following table specifies how error/events are classified as default. The error levels can (with some access restrictions) be edited using
F520.

No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

0 Not used H H H

Error codes logged by Bootloader.

1 BOOTLOADER DETECTED Warranty is void. Board must be replaced. J J J

TAMPER

2 BOOTLOADER DETECTED Require download of new Dispenser App FW J J J

DISPENSER APP FW CRC ERROR

3 BOOTLOADER DETECTED Require confirmation of at least Engineer level in O995. J J J

RTC and/or VBAT ERROR

4 BOOTLOADER DETECTED Require confirmation of at least Engineer level in O995 J J J

Damaged Logs E002, E040, E041 and/or
E505

5 BOOTLOADER DETECTED Require confirmation of at least Engineer level in O995 J J J

I/O BOARD TAMPER

6 – 15 Not used

Error codes logged by Dispenser Application.

16 EEPROM NOT INITIALIZED A A A

17 RTC BATTERY FAILURE A A A

18 RTC VALUE TOO LOW A A A

19 FAILED TEST INTERNAL SRAM F C F

20 FAILED TEST EXTERNAL SRAM F C F

21 Reserved

22 INTERNAL LR ROM CRC ERROR F C F

23 INTERNAL NON-LR ROM CRC ERROR F C F

24 EXTERNAL LR ROM CRF ERROR F C F

25 EXTERNAL NON-LR ROM CRC ERROR F C F

26 Reserved

27 Reserved

28 COMPLETE ROM SHA-256 ERROR F C F

29 BOOT RESET LOG DAMAGED E A A

30 Reserved

31 BAD POWER A A A

32 VBAT ERROR A A A

33 DFLASH SECURITY KEYS CORRUPT CRC E A B

34 TAMPER SENSORS TRIGGERED A A A

35 Reserved

36 Reserved

37 SECURITY CRITICAL EVENT LOG DAMAGED E A B

38 DATA UPLOAD LOG DAMAGED E A B

39 FW UPLOAD LOG DAMAGED E A B

© Copyright Rev 14 - 141 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

40 RESET INFO LOG DAMAGED A A B

41 BOOTLOADER ACCESS SETTING DAMAGED B A B

42 FW DOWNLOAD LOG DAMAGED E A B

43 HARD FAULT LOG DAMAGED A A B

44 – 49 Not used

50 LOG NOZ TOTALIZERS DAMAGED EE Device code = 0 then totalizers have been cleared, RAM E A B
copy also damaged.
Device code = 1 then totalizers have been restored from
RAM copy at initialisation.
Device code = 2 then totalizers have been restored from
RAM copy after maintenance change.

51 METER TOALIZERS DAMAGED EE E A B

52 WSA ACCESS LOG DAMAGED EE E A B

53 ENGINEER ACCESS LOG DAMAGED EE E A B

54 TRANSACTION LOG DAMAGED EE E A B

55 NRST FILLING COUNTERS DAMAGED EE E A B

56 – 59 Not used

60 IDPROM DATA DAMAGED DF B A B

61 PUMP INFO DATA DAMAGED DF B A B

62 METER CALIBRATION LOG DAMAGED DF E A B

63 Not used

64 DEVICE FW CHANGE LOG DAMAGED DF E A B

65 DEVICE REPLACEMENT LOG DAMAGED DF E A B

66 LR CONFIGURATIONS DAMAGED DF E C B

67 DFLASH ERASE/WRITE ERROR DF B A B

68 – 69 Not used

70 NON LR CONFIGURATIONS DAMAGED E C B

71 NV UNIT PRICE DATA DAMAGED E C B

72 NV IFSF DATA DAMAGED E A B

73 – 79 Not used

80-81 Reserved

82 NV ERROR TOALS DAMAGED E B B

83 NV ERROR TOTALIZERS DAMAGED E B B

84 NV LOG NOZ TOTALS DAMAGED E B B

85 NV METER TOTALS DAMAGED E B B

86 NV EMT REMAINDERS DAMAGED E B B

87 NV LAST SALE BACKUP DAMAGED E A B

88 NV FACTORY DEFAULT DATA DAMAGE E A B

89 – 98 Not used

99 NV ERROR LOG DAMAGED Perform power cycle to clear the error C A B

100 NV VOL UNIT CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

© Copyright Rev 14 - 142 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

101 NV VOL BLEND RATIO CHANGE LOG E A B

DAMAGED

102 NV ATC CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

103 NV VRM CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

104 NV UNIT PRICE CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

105 NV PARAMETER CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

106 NV METER CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

107 NV DISPLAY CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

108 NV EMT CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

109 NV I/O-BOARD CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

110 NV IX CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

111 NV POS CHANGE LOG DAMAGED E A B

112 NV PROTOCOL CONVERTER CHANGE LOG E A B

DAMAGED

113 NV LAST RECEIPT DATA DAMAGED E A A

114 NV OPERATOR ACCESS LOG DAMAGED E A B

115 NV MANAGER ACCESS LOG DAMAGED E A B

116 NV WIP CALIBRATION HIST LOG E A B

DAMAGED

117 NV WIP SERIAL DATA DAMAGED E A B

118 NV ATC IDPROM DATA DAMAGED E A B

119 NV CORIOLIS ZPA EVENT LOG DAMAGED E A B

120 NV CORIOLIS STATISTIC DATA DAMAGED E A B

121 NV CORIOLIS PARAMETER CHANGE EVENT E A B

LOG DAMAGED

122 NV PULSE OUTPUT CHANGE EVENT LOG E A B

DAMAGED

123 NV PRESSURIZE CHANGE EVENT LOG E A B

DAMAGED

124 NV ATC EVALUATION MODE CHANGE E A B

EVENT LOG DAMAGED

125 NV VRM PARAMETER CHANGE EVENT E A B

LOG DAMAGED

126 NV MAINTENANCE MODE OPERATION E A B

EVENT LOG DAMAGED

127 PPM CALIBRATION HISTORY LOG E A B

DAMAGED

128 TCP/IP BRIDGE IDPROM COPY CORRUPT A A B

129 NV ATC EVALUATION TOTALS DATA

CORRUPT

© Copyright Rev 14 - 143 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

130 NV DSP EXPIRATION DATE CORRUPT D D D

131 NV LAST SIGNED FILLING CORRUPT D D D

133 NV LAST RUNNING FILLING CORRUPT D D D

134 NV SW VERSION CRC CORRUPT E E E

135 NV BTD IDPROM CORRUPT E E E

136 NV DSP CERTIFICATE CORRUPT D D D

137 Reserved

138 – Not used

139

140 NV FLOW RATE LOG DAMAGED E A B

141 – Not used

149

150 NV XWIP CALIBRATION TABLE DAMAGED E A B

151 NV WAYNE VR CALIBRATION DATA E B B

DAMAGED

152 NV VAPOUR GATE CALIBRATION DATA E B B

DAMAGED

153 NV VOLTAGE STATISTICS DAMAGED A A A

154 NV INMETRO LOG OPERATING VARIABLES D D D

CORRUPT

155 – Not used

188

189 NV PASSWORD COUNTER CORRUPT D D D

190 HW / SW MISSMATCH E E E

190 – Not used

197

198 NOT ENOUGH MEMORY iGEM was not able to save all parameters in non-volatile F F F
storage. Set O704.004 = 1 to clear the error.
Device code:
1 = LR Configuration in D-FLASH
2 = LR Configuration in SRAM
3 = non-LR Configuration in SRAM

199 GENERIC CONFIG ERROR Device code: G G G

1 = Primary meter required
2 = LPG WIP on non-LPG product
3 = ATC on mass-meter
4 = incorrect calibration method on mass-meter
5 = n/a
6 = unknown meter type
7 = same meter mapped to two sides
8 = VR enabled on side C or D (not supported)
9 = Proportional valve FTM PWM conflict
10 = Blend ratio
11 = I/O-board feature set miss match

200 SALES DISPLAY IDPROM CRC ERROR C C C

© Copyright Rev 14 - 144 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

201 UP DISPLAY IDPROM CRC ERROR C C C

202 PRESET DISPLAY IDPROM CRC ERROR C C C

203 POS INTERFACE IDPROM CRC ERROR C C C

204 I/O BOARD IDPROM CRC ERROR C C C

205 EXPANSION BOARD IDPROM CRC ERROR A A A

206 INTERFACE BOARD IDPROM CRC ERROR A A A

207 – Not used

209

210 DAUP COM ERROR Communication lost with a DAUP device → Protocol re- B B B
start.
Device codes:
1 – 4: Primary sales display (A – D)
5 – 8: Secondary sales display (A – D)
9 – 12: Ternary sales display (A – D)
13 – 16: Primary UPD (A – D)
17 – 20: Secondary UPD (A – D)
21 – 24: Ternary UPD (A – D)
25 – 28: Primary Preset display (A – D)
29 – 32: Secondary Preset display (A – D)
33 – 36: Ternary Preset display (A – D)
37 – 38: Extended UPD (A – B)

211 DAUP MAX NOF NAKs 3 NAKs received → Protocol re-start. B B B

212 DAUP WRONG SEQ # Not allowed sequence # received → Protocol re-start. A A A

213 DAUP CRC ERROR → Data is ignored A A A

214 DAUP DEVICE ERROR MINOR Lnoz code indicate status code from device: B B B
3: Display module error
9: Too many chars received
10: ASCII format error
11: BCD format error

215 DAUP DEVICE ERROR MAJOR Lnoz code indicate status code from device: B B B
1: RAM error
2: ROM error
4: Device has Reset
7: Device IDPROM CRC error
8: WDOG reset in device

216 DAUP DEVICE SERIAL NO MISSMATCH Daup device has been replaced. If the change is intentional, D B B
confirm the replacement in O701.002 = 11.
This error can also be logged if address switch of the display
is set incorrect. Make sure address is set correct for the
side and Pri/Sec/Ter functionality.

217 DAUP ENCRYPTION ERROR Data expected to be encrypted was sent un-encrypted. C C C
Shut off power to the pump for 1 minute then power on
again.

218 INMETRO DISPLAY SW VERSION CHANGED B B B

© Copyright Rev 14 - 145 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

219 CAN-BUS ERROR Device code: I I A

0 = Bus is off
1 = stuff error
2 = form error
3 = ACK error
4 = Bit1 error
5 = Bit0 error
6 = CRC error
7 = Large Msg Tx Timeout
8 = Large Msg Rx Timeout
9 = Large Msg Rx buffer full

220 ATC COM ERROR B B B

221 ATC PROBE SHORTED OR OPEN B B B

222 ATC PROBE DAMAGED B B B

223 ATC FUEL TYPE MISSMATCH Fuel/Density miss match detected by FT-board B E B

224 ATC CONFIGURATION ERROR Miss match in FUEL densities vs product types or different D D D
product types assigned to same probe detected by iGEM.

225 ATC FT-BOARD S/N MISS MATCH FT-board has been replaced. C C C
To be able to perform fillings, confirm the replacement in
O701.004 = 1.

226 ATC VCF OUT OF LIMIT FT-board reported VCF that was out of limit C C C

227 ATC W&M SWITCH OUT WHEN NOT If attempting to start filling with ATC W&M switch out or E E E
SUPPOSED TO switch is out on exit and save or reset.
Return switch then perform reset or enter + exit maint
mode again.

228- Not used

229

230 VR NOT CALIBRATED The VR has no calibration A A A

231 VR VALVE CURRENT LOW No VR valve connected A A A

232 VR VALVE CURRENT HIGH VR valve is shorted A A A

233 VR MOTOR CONTACTOR ERROR No VR motor connected A A A

234 VR EXTERNAL ERROR External error signal detected and reported by Bürkert or A A A
Dover VR

235 VR INTERNAL ERROR No VR connected or board is damaged A A A

236 VRM 10 CONSECUTIVE BAD FILLINGS Shut-down Timer start to decrement… A A A

237 VRM SHUT-DOWN TIME HAS ELAPSED The 72 – 168 hours (depending on country) has elapsed B B B
since error was triggered. No further fillings on VR nozzles
are possible.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 146 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

238 VRM METER SIGNAL ERROR The pump has detected error with the VRM system. B B B
Device code indicate type of error:
Vapour Gate
1 = Low frequency error on sensor signal
3 = High frequency error on sensor signal
2 = Ghost pulses in IDLE
Auto recovery when error is detected to have disappeared
for >20 seconds.
Dover VR Closed Loop
1 = Dover VR communication is lost
2 = VFM is non-operational

239 VRM ERROR HAS BEEN RESTORED VR nozzles are operational. A A A

240 VRM MAX NOF SELF-TEST ERRORS Possible blockage on the suction side (nozzle or hose). A A A

241 VRM PROTOCOL OFFLINE ERROR No poll from VRM Diagnostic Protocol Master. A B B

242 VRM VFM ERROR VFM error received from Dover VR (see 4.3.1)

243 VR DATA ACK ERROR Message from iGEM to VR was not accepted (see 4.3.1) A A A

244 VR COMMUNICATION ERROR No communication with VR system (see 4.3.1) A A A

245 – Not used

249

250 I/O-BOARD REPLACED Serial No miss-match. If intended, confirm by O701.000 = 1. E E E

Device code = 0 → nozzle interface replaced
Device code = 1 → I/O-board replaced

251 TCP/IP BRIDGE REPLACED Serial No Miss-match. E E B

If intended, confirm by O701.008 = 1.

252 – Not used

259

260 PRINTER COM ERROR C B A

261 PRINTER PAPER LOW H H H

262 PRINTER OUT OF PAPER C B A

263 PRINTER HEAD OPEN C B A

264 PRINTER PAPER CUTTER ERROR C B A

265 PRINTER HEAD TEMP TOO HIGH C B A

266 PRINTER CONFIG INCOMPLETE OR DEFECT C B A

267 PRINTER LOGOTYPE BITMAP MISSING C B A

268 – Not used

269

270 POS COM LOST C C B

271 POS COM OUT OF TX BUFFERS A A H

272 POS COM CRC ERROR A A B

273 POS NO PRODUCTS WHEN IFSF C C C

© Copyright Rev 14 - 147 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

274 – Not used

279

280 SPI2 COM ERROR Communication error with TCP/IP bridge I I I

Only logged to A-side (E101)

281 SPI2 NO BUFFER No Rx or Tx buffer available for com to/from TCP/IP bridge. I I I
Only logged to A-side (E101)

282 Not used

283 INMETRO BLUETOOTH DEVICE REPLACED Confirm new BTD with O701.011 D D D

284 Not used

285 INMETRO LOST BLUETOOTH D D D

COMMUNICATION

286 INMETRO BLUETOOTH CONFIGURATION D D D

ISSUE

287 –
289

290 ACCELEROMETER INITIALIZATION FAILURE I I I

291 ATEX ADDITIVE GENERAL ERROR Device code: B B B

1 = Mode switch mismatch Error
2 = Configuration mismatch Error
3 = Board RAM Error
4 = Board ROM Error
5 = Board WDOG Error
6 = UART Error (additive tank gauge)
7 = Filling in Normal mode attempted with AAB Switch set
in Service Mode

292 ATEX ADDITIVE NODE ERROR Device code: B B B

1 – 4 = Node # PPM ratio out of limit Error
11 – 14 = Node # valve feedback Error (offset by 10)
21 – 24 = Node # Motor feedback Error (offset by 20)
31 – 34 = Node # Leakage error ≥ 5 ml since last filling
(offset by 30)
41 – 44 = Node# consecutive PPM ratio out of limit
(offset by 40). Will disable Additive products.
51 – 54 = Node# has an empty additive tank.
61 – 64 = Filling attempted on Node# which is disabled due
to Consecutive PPM ratio out of limit.

293 ATEX ADDITIVE TANK LEVEL LOW Device code: A A A

1 = Tank 1 level Low
2 = Tank 1 level Middle
3 = Tank 1 level Full
4 = Tank 2 level Low
5 = Tank 2 level Middle
6 = Tank 2 level Full

294 ATEX ADDITIVE TANK LEVEL EMPTY Will disable Additive products. B B B
Device code:
1 = Tank 1
2 = Tank 2

295 ATEX Additive Hatch Open Will disable Additive products. B B B

Device code:
1 = Tank 1
2 = Tank 2

© Copyright Rev 14 - 148 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

296 ATEX ADDITIVE BOARD REPLACED Serial No miss-match. D D D

If intended, confirm by 0701.010 = 1

297 ATEX ADDITIVE COM ERROR B B B

298 ATEX ADDITIVE NV IDPROM DB BAD A A A

299 Not used

300 FAILED TEST LR SALE SRAM B B B

301 UNIT PRICE IS TOO LOW B B B

302 NEED PRESET Pump configured to require local preset entry before start B B B
of filling, but no preset has been entered.

303 – Not used

309

310 DELIVERY LIMIT OVERRUN Pump could not stop on target delivery limit. B B B
Check that valve type is correct in Fs23
Check setting of Fs25 – Fs28

311 HOSE LEAK TEST LIMIT EXCEEDED Check for leaking nozzle or hose. Could B B B

312 HOSE LEAK TEST MAX CONSECUTIVE Check for leaking nozzle or hose C C C

313 BLEND ERROR Check that correct valve type mounted and that fluid on all B B B
feedstocks

314 PRESSURE LOST ON A HYDRAULIC Check that fluid on all feedstocks B B B

315 LEAKAGE BEFORE VALVE OPEN Check for leaking valve B B B

316 – Not used

319

320 MAX COAST TIMER REACHED Pump could not stop the flow within X seconds. E E E
F022.005

321 MAX AUTHORIZED TIME REACHED Pump is only allowed to stay in state AUTHORIZED with A A A
nozzle in for X minutes after which it terminates the
release.
F022.003

322 MAX TIME WITH NO FLOW DETECTED No flow was detected for X seconds. B B B
F022.006.

323 MAX CONSECUTIVE NO FLOW ERRORS F014.000 C B B

324 MAX TIME WITH FLOW LOST REACHED No flow was detected for X seconds. B B B
F022.007.

325 MAX CONSECUTIVE NO FLOW ERRORS F014.001 C B B

326 UN-FINISHED FILLING B B B

327 MAX CONSECUTIVE UN-FINISHED C B B

FILLINGS

328 HYDRO FILTER CLOGGED C C A

329 LPG EXESSIVE FLOW RATE B B B

330 MAX NOF FILLING NOT REACHING TARGET A A A

FLOW RATE

© Copyright Rev 14 - 149 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

331 FILLING TERMINATED BY STOP BUTTON B B B

332 MOTOR FEEDBACK ERROR B B B

333 PUMP IN UPS MODE F F A

334 TANK LEVEL LOW C C A

335 ZERO FLOW DETECTED I I I

336 – Not used

349

350 DISPLAY UPD HW/SW MISS MATCH Mappings didn’t match UPD’s available. D D D
Se parameter F012.007 for different settings depending on
if ATEX pump UL pump or UL with single or double row UPD
modules.

351 DISPLAY SALES HW/SW MISS MATCH “ D D D

352 DISPLAY PRESET HW/SW MISS MATCH “ D D D

353 DISPLAY UPD HW MISS MATCH Different HW between Primary, Secondary and Ternary D D D
display units.
They must be identical.

354 DISPLAY SALES HW MISS MATCH “ D D D

355 DISPLAY PRESET HW MISS MATCH “ D D D

356 Reserved

357 DISPLAY NO SALES VOLUME DISPLAY Sales display most likely didn’t respond with IDPROM info. B B B

358 DISPLAY NO UPD DISPLAY Filling started on logical nozzle with an UPD assigned to it B B B
and the physical UPD has zero digits.

359 – Not used

399

400 METER REPLACED Serial No miss-match. C C B

If intended, confirm by 0701.001 = 1
Note! Meter calibration event log will be updated if the
calibration constants differ compared to the old
meter/encoder.

401 METER CALIBRATION DATA DIFFERS Lnoz# indicate what data differed: C C C
FROM DATA STORED ON iGEM 1 = XWIP curve elements
2 = XWIP K-factor
3 = XWIP product type
See separate section 6.13 for handling based on if iGEM or
XWIP has been replaced.

402 ILLEGAL METER INCREMENT DURING Italian Job. Tamper detected. F F F

POWER-OFF
F031.001

403 PRODUCT TYPE DOESN’T MATCH Fs23.01n doesn’t match meter/pulser type. E.g. LPG WIP or E E E
METER/PULSER TYPE meter but not LPG product type.

404 – Not used

409

410 CORIOLIS METER DENSITY ERROR Only logged if in normal operating mode (not logged in any B B B
of the W&M modes)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 150 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

411 CORIOLIS METER IS NOT IN PROTECTED Coriolis meter is not in Custody Transfer Mode, but pump is B B B
MODE in normal filling mode or Std W&M mode.

412 CORIOLIS METER CONFIGURATION ERROR Coriolis settings of iGEM doesn’t match the ones stored in B B B
the meter.
Meter must not be in Custody Transfer Mode in order to be
able to send the settings of iGEM to the oriolis meter.

413 – Not used

419

420 “IN-TRANSACTION” METER: F030.1MM (MM = Meter no) B C B

MAX BACK/ERROR PULSE LIMIT REACHED

421 “IN-TRANSACTION” METER: Probably filled more than allowed with calibration magnets B B B
MAX BACK/ERROR PULSE LIMIT REACHED out while calibrating or forgot to return calibration magnet.
WITH CALIBRATION MAGNETS OUT
Possibly wrong polarity of magnet if previously not run
replacement WIP.

422 – Reserved for future “In-TRANSACTION”

424 METER errors not related to data
transmission

425 “IN-TRANSACTION” METER: Meter not responding to communication B C B

COMMUNICATION LOSS

426 “IN-TRANSACTION” METER: Meter didn’t respond to first volume request A A A

COMMUNICATION RE-TRANSMIT

427 – Reserved for future “In-TRANSACTION”

429 METER errors related to data transmission

430 “IDLE” METER: F030.2MM (MM = Meter no) A A A

ERROR PULSE LIMIT REACHED

431 “IDLE” METER: F030.3MM (MM = Meter no) B B B

REVERSE FLOW LIMIT REACHED

432 “IDLE” METER: F030.4MM (MM = Meter no) B B B

FORWARD FLOW LIMIT REACHED
Active fillings using other meters.

433 “IDLE” METER: F030.4MM (MM = Meter no) F F F

ILLEGAL FORWARD FLOW LIMIT REACHED
No active fillings. All fuelling points are IDLE.

434 Not used

435 “IDLE” METER: Meter not responding to communication A A A

COMMUNICATION LOSS

436 – Reserved for future “In-TRANSACTION”

439 METER errors related to data transmission

440 WIP CALIBRATION DOOR STATUS CHANGE WIP calibration door opened or closed A A A

441 WIP STATUS BIT “CALIBRATED” SET H H A

442 WIP STATUS BIT “LAST CALIBRATION H H A

FAILED”

443 – Reserved for future “In-TRANSACTION”

499 METER errors related to data transmission

500 NOZZLE SECURITY ALARM Dual nozzle switch error. B B B

Check that both magnets of nozzle are mounted and that
nozzle switches has not been tampered with or
disconnected.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 151 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

501 BEZEL DOOR OPENED Door security feature. Bezel door (F066.005) has been D D D
opened when armed.
To clear error login to maintenance mode with either
engineer or WSA depending on F066.000 setting. To clear
with WSA log in to an F066 parameter is required.

502 BEZEL DOOR CLOSED A A A

503 HYDARULIC CABINET DOOR OPENED Door security feature. Hydraulic door (F066.005) has been D D D
opened when armed.
To clear error login to maintenance mode with either
engineer or WSA depending on F066.000 setting. To clear
with WSA log in to an F066 parameter is required.

504 HYDARULIC CABINET DOOR CLOSED A A A

505 DOOR SECURITY ARMED A A A

506 DOOR SECURITY DISARMED A A A

507 COMMUNICATION LOST OVER CAN TO Will trigger an error 501 regardless of door status. B B B
SECURITY SWITCH BOARD

508 – Not used

509

510 SWITCH BOARD or I/O-BOARD: All switches reported as “de-activated”. I e all nozzles in. B B B
COMMUNICATION LOSS
Device code = 0 → nozzle interface replaced
Device code = 1 → I/O-board replaced

511 SWITCH BOARD or I/O-BOARD: Device code = 0 → nozzle interface replaced B B B

BAD STATUS Device code = 1 → I/O-board replaced

512 SWITCH BOARD or I/O-BOARD: Replace the board since not reliable → possibly false nozzle F B B
ROM TEST FAILURE out.
Device code = 0 → nozzle interface replaced
Device code = 1 → I/O-board replaced

513 SWITCH BOARD or I&O-BOARD: Replace the board since not reliable → possibly false nozzle F B B
RAM TEST FAILURE out.
Device code = 0 → nozzle interface replaced
Device code = 1 → I/O-board replaced

514 – Not used

519

520 EMT FEEDBACK OPEN LOAD EMT not connected B B B

521 VALVE ACTIVE FEEDBACK ERROR Valve disconnected when valve was in active state A A A
Clear feedback errors based on settings of F070.1mm.

522 VALVE INACTIVE FEEDBACK ERROR Valve disconnected when valve was in in-active state A A A
Clear feedback errors based on settings of F070.1mm.

523 MOTOR ACTIVE FEEDBACK ERROR Motor disconnected when valve was in active state B B B
Motor overload protection might have triggered.
Clear feedback errors based on settings of F055.1mm.

524 MOTOR INACTIVE FEEDBACK ERROR Motor disconnected when valve was in in-active state. A A A
Clear feedback errors based on settings of F055.1mm.

525 – Not used

529

530 MPI CONFIG ERROR C C C

© Copyright Rev 14 - 152 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

531 MPI PULSE OUTPUT LAG Flow exceeds maximum possible pulse output rate B B B

532 PREMIUM DIESEL ADDITIVE ERROR Device code: B B B

0 = Additive configuration error
1 = CAN communication error
2 = Additive tank empty
3 = Additive tank-door open
4 = Additive motor failure
5 = Additive injection fell short
6 = Additive flow error
7 = Additive reset failed

533 – Not used

599

600- Reserved
601

602 Not used

603 UNFINISHED SALE NOT PROCESSED – There is one or more unfinished fillings that cannot be D D D
FAILED METER processed due to associated meters not responding
correctly with Public Key and Expiration Dates

604 – Not used

609

610 FAT OPEN FAILURE A A A

611 FAT WRITE FAILURE A A A

612 FAT READ FAILURE A A A

613 FAT DIRECTORY FAILURE A A A

614 FAT DELTETE FAILURE A A A

615 – Not used

619

620 BOARD REGION MISSMATCH F F F

621 – Not used

628

629 MAX CONSECUTIVE ENGINEER D D D

PASSWORD TRIES FAILED

630 MAX CONSECUTIVE WSA PASSWORD D D D

TRIES FAILED

631 – Not used

649

© Copyright Rev 14 - 153 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

650 STARTUP Logged @ startup after reset A A A

Device# Shut-down cause
00 Power-loss
01 Soft Reset – power dip
02 Hard Fault
03 Unexpected Irq#
04 Watchdog Reset
05 Soft Reset – Security change
06 Soft Reset – BTL updated
07 Reset button
08 Start on battery
09 n/a
0A Out of mail buffers
0B RTOS error
0C Soft Reset – Debug enable/disable
0D Soft Reset – Disp App updated
0E Soft Reset – iSense cmd
0F Soft Reset – Cold Start
10 Soft Reset – Force exit from TCP/IP maint mode

651 SHUT-DOWN Shut down due to e.g. Power loss or Reset button C C C

652 – Not used

799

700 DSP FAILED TO RETRIEVE CRITICAL DATA Could not retrieve data for some unknown reason D D D
Device Code: Meter number
Lnoz:
00 = error occurred at start of filling
01 = error occurred at startup/exit&save
02 = error occurred at device replacement
03 = error occurred at post signed sale retrieval
04 = error occurred at Certificate retrieval
05 = No certificate was found

701 DSP WAS BUSY TO LONG WHILE Responded “BUSY” on 10 retries D D D

RETRIEVING CRITICAL DATA
Device Code: Meter number
Lnoz:
00 = error occurred at start of filling
01 = error occurred at startup/exit&save
02 = error occurred at device replacement
03 = error occurred at post signed sale retrieval
04 = error occurred at Certificate retrieval

702 DSP PUBLIC KEY MISSMATCH D D D

703 DISPLAY INVALIDATED SIGNED Device Code: D D D

TRANSACTION Bit 0 = Primary Meter/DSP
Bit 1 = Secondary Meter/DSP
Bit 2 = Ternary Meter/DSP
Lnoz:
SN – Side and Lnoz
Ex: 01 = Side A nozzle 1
23 = Side C nozzle 3
12 = Side B nozzle 2

704 DSP CERTIFICATE WILL EXPIRE Certificate expiration date is within the days set in F022.016 D D D
Clear the error with O705.005

705 DSP CERTIFICATE EXPIRED Clear the error with O705.006 D D D

706 INMETRO LOGS FULL No recovery option available, need to change Igem2 cpu D D D

707 FILLING VOLUME MISSMATCH Clear with O705.004 D D D

© Copyright Rev 14 - 154 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

708 – Not used

799

800 FP ADDRESS NOT CONFIGURED Pump is set to operate in serial mode (POS) but no protocol G G G
address has been configured.

801 FACTORY DEFAULT NOT SAVED Factory default data is not saved. G G G

802 – Not used

889

900 Reserved

901- Not used

989

990 SW EXCEPTION Device No: F F F

0: Task tried to create RTOS Mail that was of invalid size.
1: Mail buffers exhausted
2: Failed to create RTOS Task
3: Failed to start RTOS Task

991 TASK HEARTBEAT TIMEOUT Task didn’t send heartbeat to WDOG task in time. Will A A A
eventually result in Watchdog reset.
Lnoz# Device#
1 Bit 0 = Task Mbx 1 (LR Wdog Task)
Bit 1 = Task Mbx 2 (LR Initial Task)
Bit 2 = Task Mbx 3 (LR Rom Test Task)
Bit 3 = Task Mbx 4 (LR test Task)
Bit 4 = Mbx 5 n/a
Bit 5 = Task Mbx 6 (LR Syscon Task)
Bit 6 = Task Mbx 7 (LR Sales Task)
Bit 7 = Task Mbx 8 (LR Maint Task)
2 Bit 0 = Mbx 9 n/a
Bit 1 = Task Mbx 10 (LR iSense task)
Bit 2 = Task Mbx 11 (LR Flexmem Task)
Bit 3 = Task Mbx 12 (LR DAUP Task)
Bit 4 = Task Mbx 13 (LR UART3 Task)
Bit 5 = Task Mbx 14 (LR UART4 Task)
Bit 6 = Task Mbx 15 (LR CAN Task)
Bit 7 = Task Mbx 16 (LR Display Task)
3 Bit 0 = Task Mbx 17 (LR WIP Task)
Bit 1 = Task Mbx 18 (LR ATC Task)
Bit 2 = Task Mbx 19 (LR Coriolis Task)
Bit 3 = Mbx 20 n/a
Bit 4 = Task Mbx 21 (LR nonvol Task)
Bit 5 = Task Mbx 22 (LR EMT Task)
Bit 6 = Task Mbx 23 (LR FAT Task)
Bit 7 = Task Mbx 24 (LR POS Task)
4 Bit 0 = Mbx 25 n/a
Bit 1 = Task Mbx 26 (non-LR Initial Task)
Bit 2 = Task Mbx 27 (non-LR test Task)
Bit 3 = Task Mbx 28 (non-LR Maint Task)
Bit 4 = Task Mbx 29 (Non-LR iSense Task)
Bit 5 = Task Mbx 30 (Non-LR display Task)
Bit 6 = Task Mbx 31 (Non-LR switch Task)
Bit 7 = Task Mbx 32 (Non-LR sales Task)
5 Bit 0 = Task Mbx 33 (Non-LR POS Task)
Bit 1 = Task Mbx 34 (Non-LR nonvol Task)
Bit 2 = Task Mbx 35 (Non-LR VR Task)
Bit 3 = Task Mbx 36 (Non-LR Proportional Task)
Bit 4 = Task Mbx 37 (Non-LR system trace Task)
Bit 5 = Task Mbx 38 (LR SPI2 Task)
Bit 6 = Task Mbx 39 (nonLR preset Task)
Bit 7 = Task Mbx 40 (LR_mpiTask)
6 Bit 0 = Task Mbx 40 (LR_dieselAdditiveTask)
7 Bit 0 = Task Mbx 49 not used
8 Bit 0 = Task Mbx 57 not used

© Copyright Rev 14 - 155 - WM061002

 No. Error/Event Description Classification

IEC IFSF US

992 – Not used

999

4.3.1 Dover VR Error Device Codes

If an error happens on the Dover VR system, the error device code will correspond to the hexadecimal Error code from the table below.
E.g.: A motor 1 UC error occurring during a filling on logical nozzle 2 will be logged as: 233.79.02.

Error IEC
Code iGEM Error Description Remarks
(HEX) Error #

Device Specific Errors

64 235 VR_ERR_POWER_FAIL Power fails
69 235 VR_ERR_I2C I2C communication error
6A 235 VR_ERR_FRAM FRAM check error
6B 235 VR_ERR_MODULE_INIT Module initialization error

6C 234 VR_ERR_USER_TIMER User timer (CANlib) initialization failed

6D 234 VR_ERR_INVALID_CAN_MESSAGE Invalid CAN message received

6E 235 VR_ERR_INTERFACE_TYPE Interface (calculator) type not detected

6F 235 VR_ERR_RTC RTC error

70 234 VR_ERR_GAS_METER Gas Meter command error
VFM is not detected. No heartbeats or other messages.
71 242 VR_ERR_VFM_NOT_DETECTED
Only logged if F054.07 = 2 or 3

78 235 VR_ERR_MOTOR_VALVE_UNKNOWN Motor and/or valve error, source unknown

79 233 VR_ERR_MOTOR_1_UC Motor 1 under current

7A 233 VR_ERR_MOTOR_2_UC Motor 2 under current
7B 233 VR_ERR_MOTOR_1_OC Motor 1 over current
7C 233 VR_ERR_MOTOR_2_OC Motor 2 over current
7D 231 VR_ERR_VALVE_1_UC Valve 1 under current
7E 231 VR_ERR_VALVE_2_UC Valve 2 under current

7F 231 VR_ERR_VALVE_3_UC Valve 3 under current

80 231 VR_ERR_VALVE_4_UC Valve 4 under current
81 232 VR_ERR_VALVE_1_OC Valve 1 over current
82 232 VR_ERR_VALVE_2_OC Valve 2 over current

83 232 VR_ERR_VALVE_3_OC Valve 3 over current

84 232 VR_ERR_VALVE_4_OC Valve 4 over current
Logged in
8D VR_ERR_EFFICIENCY Bad efficiency measured
Es52

8E 234 VR_ERR_GM_NO_PULSE Gasmeter timeout, no pulses seen

PWM value out of range but limited within allowed range

8F 234 VR_ERR_PWM_OUT_OF_RANGE
(30%-95% ED)

90 234 VR_ERR_VR_TEST VR Test not started

© Copyright Rev 14 - 156 - WM061002

 91 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_NOT_STARTED VR Calibration not started

92 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_MIN_FLOW_NOT_REACHED VR Calibration minimum flow not reached

93 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_NOT_ENOUGH_CALIB_POINTS VR Calibration not enough calibration points

94 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_STORE_TABLES VR Calibration error storing the tables

95 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_SEQUENCE VR Calibration Sequence error (unknown phase)

96 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_TIMER VR Calibration (gasmeter) timer error

97 234 VVR_ERR_VR_LEAK_NB_PULSE_EXCEEDED Too many pulses from gasmeter during Leak Test

VR Calibration min flow not reached at (almost) closed

98 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_MIN_FLOW_CLOSED_VALVE
valve

VR Calibration min flow lower than expected flow at max.

99 234 VR_ERR_VR_CALIB_MIN_FLOW_LOW
open valve

A0 230 VR_ERR_VR_NOZZLE_NOT_CALIB VR nozzle is not calibrated

A1 199 VR_ERR_VR_NOT_A_VR_NOZZLE This is not a VR nozzle

Calculator heartbeat timeout (no fuel flow messages

AA VR_ERROR_CALC_HEARTBEAT
235 during a delivery)

B4 242 VR_ERR_VFM_VOLUME_RESET VFM volume was reset during delivery.

VFM detected but not operational

B5 242 VR_ERR_VFM_NOT_OPERATIONAL
Only logged if F054.07 = 2 or 3

B6 242 VR_ERR_VFM_HEARTBEAT_TIMER Error in starting the VFM HB monitoring

HB timeout (VFM disconnected)

B7 242 VR_ERR_VFM_HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
Only logged if F054.07 = 2 or 3

B8 242 VR_ERR_VFM_INTERNAL_ERROR VFM internal error will be logged separately

B9 242 VR_ERR_VFM_COEFF_UPDATE_FAILED VFM similarity coefficients (table) update failed

More VR nozzles configured than calibration tables

FB 230 VR_TOO_MANY_VR_NOZZLES
available

FC 244 VR_HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT Heartbeat timeout (no heartbeats from Dover VR)

FD 244 VR_NOT_INITIALIZED Filling started before Dover VR initialization finished.

FE 234 VR_NO_RESPONSE No response from Dover VR board.

ACK Response code saved in error log nozzle

number.
Only logged when > 0.

0x00 message accepted ACK error:

FF 243 0x01 message not accepted, general error
0x02 message not accepted, parameter error Byte 2 non-zero in ID_IGEM_DAT_VR_ACK
0x03 message not accepted
0x04 message not accepted
0x05 message not accepted
0x06 message not accepted

© Copyright Rev 14 - 157 - WM061002

 0x07 message not accepted
0x08 function not executed due to an error
0x09 onfiguration DB re-initialized
0x0A calibration DB re-initialized
0x0B no log file found

5 BOOTLOADER, BTL

5.1 General
The iGEM2 BTL is started on every Reset / Power-cycle. It runs a number of checks on both HW and FW (including the BTL itself as well as
the dispenser application) to ensure that there are no serious faults/errors in the system and that it is safe to start the dispenser
application.
The iGEM2 will leave the BTL as soon as it has been established that none of the four error types described in next chapter has occurred.

When BTL is running, the RUN LED is lit constantly.

5.2 Error at startup

The BTL will NOT start the dispenser application if any of the following is detected:

Error Indication Description Corrective action

36.90 Tamper attempt Replace iGEM pump computer.

Volume and Money display indicate NOTE! Warranty is void in case of tamper.
Δ
X 001
30.00 last sales data.
Example, 36,90 € and 30,00 liters.
btL
UPDs indicate

36.90 Corrupt Dispenser App FW (ROM) Upload BTL logs and send to Wayne Technical
support along with error description then Re-load
Δ
X 002
30.00 dispenser application as per section TBD of this
document.
btL
UPDs indicate

36.90 RTC / Battery error If the problem occurred while replacing the
battery, see section TBD of this document for
Δ
X 003 30.00 Battery Replacement operation.
If error did not occur while following battery
btL replacement operation: Upload BTL logs and send
UPDs indicate to Wayne Technical support along with error
description.

36.90 Corrupt Logs

E002, E040, E041 and/or E505
Upload BTL logs and send to Wayne Technical
support along with error description.
Δ
X 004
30.00 Clear the error by operation O995.
btL
UPDs indicate

36.90 Removed from I/O-board If CPU-board has been removed from I/O-board,
clear the error by operation O995.
Δ
X 005 30.00 If not, then possible tamper attempt. Consult
Wayne.
btL
UPDs indicate

Any of the errors above will prevent BTL from starting the Dispenser application.

In case the BTL detect that its own FW is corrupt/damaged,

it will alternate the RUN LED and “USB CONNECTED” LED. → → → etc
iGEM 2 pump computer must be replaced.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 158 - WM061002

5.3 View BTL CRC

5.3.1 General
To view SW identification data of the Bootloader, such as Version and CRC etc., press the CRC-button while resetting iGEM. Keep the CRC
boot
button pressed until the displays show .

Display Description
boot “boot” displayed for a duration of 3 seconds.

X
boot

btL
UPDs indicate

003 BTL FW version displayed for a duration of 5 seconds.

Example: version 003.000.000
X
000.000

vEr
UPDs indicate

2294 BTL FW CRC-32 displayed for a duration of 5 seconds.

Money amount display show the most significant nibbles.
X
F4AC Volume display show the least significant nibbles.
Example: CRC-32 = 0x2294F4AC
crc
UPDs indicate

16.04.20 BTL FW build date displayed for a duration of 3 seconds.

YY.MM.DD
X

datE
UPDs indicate

000C00 Result of startup tests displayed for a duration of 3 seconds.

X
000400 Money amount display show the 6 most significant nibbles.
Volume display show the 6 least significant nibbles.
Example: MCU started in un-secure/debug mode, tamper has been detected and Reset was
generated by SW. For more information, upload RESET log E001.
5tAt
UPDs indicate For descriptions of status bits, see tables in following section.

10.00 If the CRC-button is kept pressed also when the display of the StAtus is finished, the iGEM will stay
in the Bootloader with possibility to log in at Engineer or WSA level.
3.109 UPD will in this case display “btL” and sales display will show last sales data.
Too leave this mode, a reset or power-cycle need to be done. Also, if logging in to BTL
maintenance mode, the BTL will proceed to the Dispenser Application when exiting the
btL maintenance mode and none of the errors (1 – 4 on previous page) are active/present.
UPDs indicate

© Copyright Rev 14 - 159 - WM061002

5.3.2 BTL Status codes, Money display

Money amount display Status bit description

Bit Description Bit Description

0 Dispenser app FW external flash LR CRC error 11 MCU started in unsecure mode

1 Dispenser app FW external flash non-LR CRC error 12 Non-volatile database CRC error

2 Dispenser app FW complete LR CRC error 13 NV Security critical event log (E505) CRC error

3 Dispenser app FW complete CRC error 14 NV Data upload log (E041) CRC error

4 Dispenser app FW SHA256 error 15 NV FW upload log (E040) CRC error

5-6 Not used 16 Non-volatile Reset information log CRC error

7 V24, V15 or V5 regulator out of limit error 17 Non-volatile configuration database CRC error

8 VBAT voltage level out of limit 18 Non-volatile FW download log CRC error

9 Corrupt database detected 19 Non-volatile Hard fault log CRC error

10 Tamper detected 20 Not used

5.3.3 BTL Status codes, Volume display

Volume display Status bit description

Bit Description Bit Description

0 RCM_SRS0 register: LLWU, Low Leakage wakeup 12 RCM_SRS1 register: EZ-port reset

1 RCM_SRS0 register: Low voltage detect reset 13 RCM_SRS1 register: Stop mode acknowledge error
reset

2 RCM_SRS0 register: Loss of clock reset 14 RCM_SRS1 register: Not used

3 RCM_SRS0 register: Not used 15 RCM_SRS1 register: Reset caused by tamper detected

4 RCM_SRS0 register: Not used 16 EEPROM not initialized

5 RCM_SRS0 register: Watchdog reset 17 RTC or VBAT error

6 RCM_SRS0 register: External reset pin 18 RTC TSR register to low

7 RCM_SRS0 register: Power on reset 19 Internal RAM error

8 RCM_SRS1 register: Jtag generated reset 20 External RAM error

9 RCM_SRS1 register: Lockup 21 BTL ROM CRC error

10 RCM_SRS1 register: Reset generated by SW 22 iGEM FW internal flash LR CRC error

11 RCM_SRS1 register: MDM-AP system reset request 23 iGEM FW internal flash non-LR CRC error

© Copyright Rev 14 - 160 - WM061002

5.4 BTL Maintenance Mode
The Bootloader has is a small program which primary purpose is to make sure that the iGEM CPU-board is secure and functional before
starting the dispenser application. It can also handle download and upload of FW’s.
The Bootloader update some logs and it is possible to perform a very limited number of maintenance operations/functions.
Since the Bootloader is not aware of all event logs, statistics, operation & parameters etc. that the Dispenser application may support, it is
not possible to perform maintenance mode operations related to these.
The ServTerm support a specific command / operation for upload of the data that the bootloader support/handle.

5.4.1 Connecting with ServTerm

Log in is possible either via iGem2ServTerm PC program (via USB) or by Remote Control. If the pump is equipped with iSense interface for
remote connection (CAN-bus via iX or by TCP/IP) it is also possible to log in via these physical channels.
Supported operations:

• Download of Bootloader FW and Dispenser App FW.

• Upload of Bootloader FW and Dispenser App FW.

• Upload of event logs E001, E002, E009, E016, F033, E040, E500, E501, E502 and E505

• Upload of CPU-board IDPROM data

• Upload of complete RAM

• Clearing of severe Errors (CPU-board Tamper, I/O-board removal, RTC/VBAT, corrupt logs.

• Enable Debug mode

Supported function parameters:

• F002 (RTC)
Most of the operations above require WSA access.

5.4.2 Remote control

Engineer level → press ‘ENTER’
WSA level → press ‘5’
The visual interface on displays differs between Bootloader and Dispenser App when in maintenance mode.
5.4.2.1 Engineer Login

Display Input Actions

Enter engineer password
------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
PA55 E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

© Copyright Rev 14 - 161 - WM061002

5.4.2.2 WSA Login

Display Input Actions

Enter user id
------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
v5Er E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

Enter function number to gain WSA access to

------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
FUnC E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

Enter sub-function number to gain WSA access to

------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
5Ub E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

Displays WSA challenge string.

C3b6A7 E Goes to next step

X
A4dd1b

UPDs indicate ----

Display pump batch number and serial number.

151103 E Goes to next step

X
1580

UPDs indicate ----

Enter WSA password

------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
PA55 E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

© Copyright Rev 14 - 162 - WM061002

5.4.2.3 Enter Function/Command

Display Input Actions

Enter function number to operate on
------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
FUnC E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

Enter sub-function number to operate on

------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on Money display.

X
5Ub E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input a “-“ to string.
UPDs indicate ----

Displays current value of FUNC.SUB in Money display.

001529 Func and Sub-func is displayed in volume display.

X
002.000 E Goes to next step to change value
Other Returns to step 1

UPDs indicate ----

Enter new parameter value for FUNC.SUB

------- 0-9 Inputs a digit, add it to input string and display it on volume display.

X
002.000 E Input complete
C Remove a character from input string
# Input “-” to input string.
UPDs indicate ----

Write parameter value 3 to Func 000.000 to exit.

No “Change Stored” is displayed!

© Copyright Rev 14 - 163 - WM061002

6 MISCELLANEOUS IGEM OPERATIONS

6.1 COLD START (O704.001=1 with W&M switch Unlocked)

ONLY PERFORM COLD START IF NECESSARY.

6.1.1 Alternative 1: Perform a cold start by pressing COLD START button during startup
1. Keep the COLD START button pressed while shortly pressing the RESET-button once.
2. Keep the COLD START button pressed until display indicates COLD START.

6.1.2 Alternative 2: Perform a Soft cold start

1. Enter F704.001 at engineer level (or higher) and set to “1”.
2. Exit maintenance mode. The iGEM will re-boot automatically after this to perform the soft COLD START.

6.1.3 Data never cleared on Cold Start

The COLD START will set parameters to the values saved as Factory Default data. However, the below data are unaffected by a COLD
START.
6.1.3.1 Parameters (Fxxx):
NV W&M Conf (parameters protected by W&M switch on CPU-board) are not affected by “Cold Start” if PRG_LOAD switch (W&M switch
on CPU-board) is in Locked position.
NV WSA Conf (WSA parameters) are NEVER affected by Cold Start. Will always remain intact as long as not damaged (bad CRC32).
NV ATC Conf (ATC parameters of F025.000 & F025.001 and all parameters of F026.xxx) are NEVER affected by Cold Start. A board that has
been configured to operate with ATC will require to have ATC connected to operate.
NOTE! If a board need to be re-cycled from a dispenser WITH ATC to a dispenser WITHOUT ATC, the ATC parameters need to be disabled
WITH an ATC-module connected.
In addition, the following parameters are not affected by Cold Start:
F002.000 – F002.002 RTC
F069.1xx ComTrace enabled time
F153.xxx, F253.xxx VRM calibration factors
F500.000 Engineer password
F501.004 PRG_LOAD switch to restrict Program Download
6.1.3.2 Event logs.
No event logs are affected by COLD START.
6.1.3.3 Statistics.
The following statistics are not affected by COLD START.
S011, S012, S03, S014, S111, S112, S151, S152, S211, S212, S251, S251, S311, S312, S351, S252, S411, S412, S451 and S452

6.2 Non-LR RESET (O704.001=1 with W&M switch Locked)

Performing a COLD START with W&M switch (PRG_LOAD switch) in protected/Locked position will keep several of the LR parameters un-
changed. Display will indicate non-LR Reset instead of COLD START.

6.3 Restore as Factory Default setting (O704.002=1)

Setting O704.002 = 1 will set ALL parameters in Active configuration to whatever is saved as Factory Default data. This include also the
parameters of part 6.1.3.1 of this document.
All parameter changes (including WSA protected parameters and ATC parameters) done after the O704.000 operation will be lost.
NOTE! If blend ratios are set when commissioning the pump, these will need to be re-configured again in order for unit to blend correct.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 164 - WM061002

6.4 Reset Parameters as New Board (O704.003 = 1)
This will set ALL parameters in Active configuration to Default Configuration data which is hard coded default values of all parameters. This
is the setting a “clean” board that has never had any parameters set will have. The dispenser is not operational (no model related settings)
when configured with this data.
NOTE! Any parameters that are un-known to the current version of Dispenser App FW will remain to whatever values they may be. To
clear also un-known parameters set O704.004 = 1.

6.5 Reset Parameters as New Board Except F503.000 (O704.005 = 1)

This is the same as O704.003 = 1 with the exception of F503.000 which is left unchanged.

6.6 Example of effects of different actions in O704

# Action Factory Conf NV W&M NV ATC NV WSA NV other Active Conf Note
Conf Conf Conf Conf

1 1st startup Corrupt Corrupt Corrupt Corrupt Corrupt Default Conf E800
(E800)

2 Load Corrupt As loaded As loaded As loaded As loaded As loaded E800

Configuration (E800)

3 Save as As loaded in As loaded As loaded As loaded As loaded As loaded E800

Factory data #2 cleared
(O704.000 = 1)

4 Load new As loaded in As loaded #4 As loaded As loaded As loaded As loaded #4

Config #2 #4 #4 #4

5 Cold Start with As loaded in As loaded #4 As loaded As loaded As loaded Parameters set “nonLR
W&M switch #2 #4 #4 in #2 as Factory conf Reset”
Locked except [1]

6 Cold Start with As loaded in As loaded in As loaded As loaded As loaded Parameters set “Cold Start”
W&M switch #2 #2 #4 #4 in #2 as Factory conf
Unlocked except [2]

7 Reset As loaded in As loaded in As loaded As loaded As loaded As loaded in #2

parameters to #2 #2 in #2 in #2 in #2
Factory
default
(O704.002=1)

8 Reset Default Conf Default Conf Default Default Default Default Conf No E800
parameters as Conf Conf Conf
new board
(O704.003=1)

9 Reset Default Conf Default Conf Default Default Default Default Conf No E800
parameters as Conf Conf Conf
new board F503.000
except F503 unchanged
(O704.005=1)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 165 - WM061002

6.7 Pumping unit flow lost check to avoid dry operation when two meters are assigned to one nozzle
On pumps/dispensers where more than one meter (i.e. 130l/min or blenders) is used, the flow through the meters is checked. At start of
filling, after 5 litres are dispensed, the flow ratio is checked. If the ratio between the meters is smaller than 0,5%, the filling will be
terminated and error code 36 logged.
Example, Diesel pump 130 l/min:
1. No flow from 1st meter, flow from 2nd meter => iGEM will stop filling after 5 litres.
This functionality is disabled when W&M mode is selected by function F001.

6.8 Calibration when two meters are assigned to one nozzle

If a calibration of the GHM is performed and more than one meter is assigned to one nozzle, the valve of the meter which is not being
calibrated is closed automatically due to the open flap of the WIP pulser.
After calibration the flow lost check functionality is disabled for 3 fillings.

6.9 Pump Motor Feedback

Suction pumps on ATEX markets have a build in overload protection.
The overload protection (thermal switch) doesn’t have RESET on the motor. Instead iGEM detects if the motor protection has turned off
the motor. If so, filling will be terminated, and error logged. New filling on that can’t be started until error has been reset.
The motor protection error (Error code 523) can be reset in different ways, see function F055.1mm.
That means, that on hydraulics/motor outputs where this functionality is not requested (e.g. dispensers or LPG nozzles) or not wanted, the
motor feedback parameter shall be disabled.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 166 - WM061002

6.10 VR Monitoring
This section contains basic information about the VR Monitoring functionality. For more information, see the Vapour Gate Maintenance
Manual or the Dover VR Maintenance Manual.

6.10.1 Activation
To activate VR Monitoring first make sure that the Real Time Clock (RTC) is set correct in F002 then set
Vapour Gate: F054.000 = 1.
Dover VR Closed Loop: F054.000 = 3

6.10.2 Error Indication

It is possible to activate a LED on touch-keypad to indicate an error by setting F057.005 = 2, or F057.006 = 2, or F057.007 = 2. A red LED is lit
if Timer has started or if VR nozzles are disabled due to error.
The error indication may be viewed on the display if enabled by F057.010. The warning triangle lights up if Timer has started or if VR
nozzles are disabled due to error.
On errors, check statistic registers E152/E252 for 1000 latest VRM fillings. Also check E153/E253 for the status of the fillings at the time of
shut-down Timer was triggered.
Note 1: If F054.008 = 0 and 10 consecutive self-check errors on one nozzle occurs, only the concerned nozzle is blocked for further use.

6.10.3 Remote Status Indication

Vapour Gate and Dover VR Closed Loop VR Monitoring do not support interface to so called Vaporix Master.
The following protocols are supported (both use UART5 with baud rate 9600, F043.005=3)

• GVR GMP (Gilbarco Monitoring Protocol), set UART5 application F043.002=1.

• VRM Diagnostics Protocol, set UART5 application F043.002=2.

The normal interface for VRM related data is via the POS protocol.
However, if the POS doesn’t support the VRM alarm codes and other VRM related information there is another way. To facilitate VRM
related information remotely from the pump one can configure iGEM to beep 5 times in row (F060.006) on each nozzle return when timer
has started. This feature require pump to be fitted with annunciator.
Additionally, one can configure iGEM to indicate Vapour Gate status (frequency) on red/green outputs of iGEM CPU board.
If pump is running DART, the VRM status is reported to POS as alarm codes.

6.10.4 VR Monitoring Commissioning Mode

To check that the VR Monitoring system is working correct at commissioning, do the following:
1. Set pump in VR Monitoring Commissioning Mode F001.000 = 4 then Exit and save.
Note! For Dover VR – wait 1 minute after Exit and save to allow the VFM to initialize.
2. Perform VR filling @ 25 lpm for minimum 20 consecutive seconds. Verify that there is no VRM error indication (no RED LED lit
and no dashes or error codes in UPD).
3. Perform VR filling @ 25 lpm for minimum 20 consecutive seconds while blocking the VR thus reducing the performance to be
out of limit. This can be achieved by either a) covering the VR inlet on the nozzle or b) disconnecting the VR meter from the ISB.

NOTE! Self-check may be activated for approximate 20 seconds after nozzle return (only for Vapour Gate).

Verify that RED LED is lit but OFF1 or OFF2 is not displayed.
4. Lift and return any nozzle to simulate timer ended when timer has been started (step above). Verify that the RED LED is lit and
that “OFF1” is displayed in the service display.
5. Lift nozzle and verify that not possible to start filling on VR nozzle.
6. Restore pump to normal operating mode in F001.000.

6.10.5 Tracing VRM Change Events

Changes to any of the following parameters are logged in event log E050 (se part 3.8.28 of this document).
F053.000 Enable/disable VR
F054.000 Enable disable VRM
F054.001 VRM Shut down timer (72 hours for DE and 168 hours for other countries)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 167 - WM061002

F054.002 VRM averaging time
Fs51.000 VRM status (cleared to recover from error)
Fs51.001 VRM self-check reference level
Fs51.002 VRM closed loop regulation factor
10 latest changes are recorded.
Changes to these parameters are also stored in the general parameter change event log (E008) where the latest 1000 parameter changes
are stored.

6.10.6 Vapour Gate specifics

6.10.6.1 Vapour Gate Auto calibration
To perform a Vapour Gate auto calibration is extra hardware needed, a Calibration box who switches input signal and a reference meter. If
a calibration fails, is the error code indicated on the money display.

Err # Problem Description

1 No pulses from Fludistor Meter There are no pulses from the Fludistor meter. Cable not connected or switch on
Calibration box in incorrect position

2 No pulses from Reference meter There are no pulses from the reference meter. Cable not connected or switch on
(Bürkert) Calibration box in incorrect position.

3–4 Not viewed, no problem

5 Int dis Fludistor High frequency input on Fludisor meter. Reset iGem and try again.

6 Int dis Reference meter High frequency input on reference meter. Reset iGem and try again.

7 Could not reach target flow Not possible to hit target flow. Flow at max/min and still to low/high, or 8 attempts
without success.

9 Calibration value out of limit Value is <150 or >265

6.10.6.2 Self-check
To activate self-check of the system (using self-check valve) set F041.005 = 25 and F041.006 = 26 (spare outputs 1&2) alt F041.007 = 25 and
F041.008 = 26 (spare outputs 3&4) depending on which output the valves are connected.
6.10.6.3 Status Value in VRM log

Bit # Problem Description

0 (1) A/L out of limit. A/L for a filling is out of limits, < 85% or > 115%.
Counts as an erroneous filling.

1 (2) Illegal meter signal (low frequency) Possibly VR is blocked after vacuum pump (pressure side). Can also be bad sensor or
incorrectly mounted sensor. System recovers automatically 20 seconds after error
disappear.
Counts as an erroneous filling.

2 (4) Reserved Not used at the moment.

3 (8) 10 consecutive errors, timer started. There have been 10 consecutive erroneous fillings in row and the timer is started.

4 (16) Illegal meter signal (high frequency) Has deactivated meter signal input to iGEM and is not counting pulses at the moment.
System recovers automatically 5 minutes after error disappear after 1:st occurrence and
30 minutes after subsequent occurrences. Also reset after power cycle.

5 (32) Dirt in nozzle. It is dirt in the nozzle.

Counts as an erroneous filling. It also has a separate error counter per nozzle.

Example:
Status value = 0: OK VRM filling
Status value = 1: VRM filling out of limit
Status value = 9: A/L out of limit and timer is started.
Status value = 8: Timer started but last filling OK.
6.10.6.4 Remote Status Indication, Vapour Gate status
One can configure iGEM to indicate Vapour Gate status (frequency) on red/green outputs of iGEM CPU board.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 168 - WM061002

6.10.7 Dover VR Closed Loop specifics
6.10.7.1 Dover VR Closed Loop Calibration
Dover VR must be calibrated before operation. See 6.17.2.
6.10.7.2 Status Value in VRM log

Bit # Problem Description

0 (1) A/L out of limit. A/L for a filling is out of limits, < 85% or > 115%.
Counts as an erroneous filling.

1 (2) VFM error Dover VR has reported a VFM error during filling. Possibly VFM is disconnected or not
initialized.

2 (4) Reserved Not used at the moment.

3 (8) 10 consecutive errors, timer started. There have been 10 consecutive erroneous fillings in row and the timer is started.

4 (16) Reserved Not used by Dover VR Closed Loop

5 (32) Reserved Not used by Dover VR Closed Loop

Example:
Status value = 0: OK VRM filling
Status value = 1: VRM filling out of limit
Status value = 9: A/L out of limit and timer is started.
Status value = 8: Timer started but last filling OK.
6.10.7.3 OFF2
OFF2 will not be logged until after 1 minute after power cycle/reset/exit and save.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 169 - WM061002

6.11 VR status error indication
This section contains basic information about the VR status error indication (VR Monitoring functionality).

6.11.1 Activation
To activate VR status error indication set F054.000 = 2 and F057.005 = 1.

6.11.2 Error Indication

It is possible to activate a LED on touch-keypad to indicate an error by setting F057.005 = 1, or F057.006 = 1, or F057.007 = 1.
The error indication may be viewed on the display if enabled by F057.010. The warning triangle lights up to indicate an error.

LED indication Warning triangle Error

Red LED for 1 second after filling Displayed during 1 second after filling Performed filling was erroneous.

Red LED constantly Steady display There have been F054.010 consecutive fillings with errors. VR
system is not working correctly.

Green LED for 1 second after No effect Performed filling has no errors. This is lit even if red LED is lit
filling constantly to indicate a filling without error.

On error, check statistic registers S101 and S201 for errors 230 to 235.

6.12 ATC
To be able to set ATC parameters (F025 and F026) the security switch on the ATC board must be in unprotected/Unlocked position. iGem
knows that the switch is in unprotected/Locked position a couple of seconds after it has been changed.
The switch must be in protected/Locked position when leaving maintenance mode, or else an error is flashed “ATC CLOSED”. If this
happens, set the security switch in protected/Locked position and reset iGem.
To view the gross volume for the latest filling, press “#” on Hoofer Doofer, there must be no filling on any side of the pump.
Each view is displayed for 3 seconds and they are side dependent.

18.25 Amount display: Amount of latest filling

9.47 Volume display: Net volume for latest filling. Compensated volume used for amount calculation.

nEt
Unit price display: “nEt”, indicating that net volume is displayed.

18.25 Amount display: Amount of latest filling

9.38 Volume display: Gross volume for latest filling. Actual volume delivered.

GroS
Unit price display: “GroS”, indicating that gross volume is displayed.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 170 - WM061002

6.13 XWIP Phase 2 Calibration Data Handling
Although XWIP phase 2 holds 3 calibration tables we only use one (the default table). When an XWIP is replaced or connected first time
with an iGEM2, the iGEM2 will require the calibration tables of the WIP to be synchronized with the ones in iGEM2. This is done using
operations O702.001 and O702.002. Depending on if you install an iGEM2 on an existing pump or if you replace an XWIP (but not the Xflow
itself) in an existing pump, you will need to sync the tables differently.

Scenarios

# iGEM status XWIP status Scenario

1 Board Replaced Calibrated XWIP’s Phase 2 Replaced iGEM in field

2 iGEM2 installed and Damaged XWIP being replaced XWIP Phase 2 replaced in existing pump in field. Xflo not replaced.
running

3 iGEM2 installed and Xflo being replaced Complete Xflo (with XWIP) replaced.
running

Actions on scenarios above

Scenario # 1&3

Action: 1. Operator uploads all XWIP data unconditionally to iGEM via O702.001 = 99.
No seals need to be broken.

Special considerations: None

Scenario # 2

Action: 1. Operator downloads calibration data to the specific replaced XWIP via operation O702.002 = “Meter
No”.
Seal need to be broken on the replacement XWIP and calibration magnet need to be removed.
Repeat for both meter sides /Numbers

Special considerations: None

6.14 Simple statistics view mode

By pressing ‘8’ on remote control when pump is in IDLE is it possible to access the simple statistics view mode (CRC-button may need to be
pressed before depending on how parameter F501.000 is set).
By pressing different buttons in this mode is different statistics data viewed.
‘1’ Money totalizers Same information as in Ss11.0nn page 3
‘2’ Net volume totalizers Same information as in Ss11.0nn page 1
‘3’ Gross volume totalizers Same information as in Ss11.0nn page 2
‘4’ VRM daily average log. Same information as in S152 and S252.
‘5’ VR error log. Same information as in S151 and S251.
‘6’ NET meter totalizers. Same information as in S012.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 171 - WM061002

6.15 Door security

6.15.1 Activation
Door security feature is configured in F066 and activated/deactivated in F066.000.
All door security parameters of F066 require WSA access to be set.

6.15.2 Status indication

Door security feature status is indicated by LOCK icon on sales displays.

• LOCK icon off: Door security feature is disabled

• LOCK icon blinking: Door security feature is enabled and temporarily disarmed.

• LOCK icon static on: Door security feature is enabled and armed.

6.15.3 Disarm/clear error

To disarm or clear error entry to maintenance mode at configured disarm/clear level is required.
If F066.000 = 1 entry as engineer to maintenance mode is needed to clear door breached errors and disarm doors.
If F066.000 = 2 entry as WSA, function 066, to maintenance mode is needed to clear door breached errors and disarm doors. Other entries
with WSA will not clear/disarm this feature. IT is enough to log in with WSA to F066.000 and then exit again.

6.15.4 Door access time

F066.003 configures time it is possible to open the doors without getting a door breached error after door security has been disarmed.
When doors are opened the door access time stops and is restarted when all doors are closed.
When this time elapse door security is armed, and it is no longer possible to open doors without getting a door breached error.

6.15.5 Door breached

E501 or E503 is logged if corresponding door is opened when door security is armed. These errors must be cleared by user actions and
status of these errors are remembered over reset.
If smart switches are used and communication is lost an error 501 (Bezel door opened) will be triggered automatically regardless of door
status.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 172 - WM061002

6.16 ATEX Additive Board Installation and upgrade
This section contains the basic installation and upgrading procedure of the Atex Additive Board (AAB).

6.16.1 Installation and configuration

The iGEM2 should be restart after installation of a new AAB to retrieve the board information (IDPROM data).
The board installation should be continued by following steps to fulfil the installation and configuration of the board.
These can be done either by using ServTerm or Remote control.
1. Perform O701.010 to confirm board replacement
2. Perform O757.001 – 99 to download Atex additive configuration
3. Save & Exit.

6.16.2 Additive level indication

6.16.2.1 LED indication
It is possible to activate a LED level indication on touch-keypad by setting F057.005 = 7, or F057.006 = 7, or F057.007 = 7.
The Red LED indicates the level of tank 1.
The Green LED indicates the level of tank 2.
Tank level <30% slow blink (blink once every 15 seconds)
Tank level <20% fast blink (blink once every 3 seconds)
Tank is empty LED lit constantly.
6.16.2.2 Display indication
The level indication may be viewed on the display if enabled by F057.010. The following texts are displayed on the service row.
Tank 1 level <30% “T1 20”
Tank 1 level <20% “T1 10”
Tank 1 is empty “T1 E”
Tank 2 level <30% “T2 20”
Tank 2 level <20% “T2 10”
Tank 2 is empty “T2 E”

6.16.3 Board replacement

Board replacement will be indicated by E296.
In the case of Atex Additve board (AAB) replacement, the steps in previous section should be followed.
In the case of iGEM2 board replacement the following steps should be done.
1. Perform O701.010 to confirm board replacement for the new iGem2 board and recover the E296.
2. Perform O757.002 – 88 to upload configuration parameters from the AAB
3. Save & Exit.

6.16.4 Purging
Purging the additive system.by operation O757.004
The ATEX Additive controller Board (AAB) has a switch that is dedicated for service operations.
The functionality of this switch is configurable by iGem2 configuration parameters. (F067.04n).

Sequence:
1. Disconnect flexible tube connection near each injection point related to the same system.
2. Mount a manual ball valve to each flexible tube connection and a transparent tube to collect purged liquid to the tank.
3. Power ON the dispenser with all nozzles inside their nozzles boot.
4. Set service switch on service mode (position ‘2’) on Additive board.
5. Enter maintenance mode at Engineer level and select O757.004.
6. Open hatch and tank cap.
7. Insert transparent tubes inside the tank.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 173 - WM061002

 8. Select the actual node to purge (1-4).
9. Start purging by pressing ENTER on remote controller.
10. To stop purging, press any of ENTER, CLEAR or NEXT.
11. Repeat moment g-i several times.
12. When there are no more air bubbles inside transparent tubes, stop activations.
13. Remove ball valves and transparent tubes.
14. Mount the flexible tube connection to each injection point.
15. Close tank cap and hatch
16. Exit ATEX Additive service mode by pressing CLEAR until F appear
17. Set service switch to Normal mode (position ‘1’).
18. Exit iGem2 Maintenance Mode.
Perform some additive deliveries in order to check that there are not leakages

6.16.5 Calibration
The Additive calibration operation is default set to deliver 100ml of Additive (changeable in F067.05x).
For as accurate results as possible purge a volume in the graduated cylinder and subtract it from the final volume.
Sequence:
1. Disconnect flexible hose connection near each injection point related to the same system.
2. Mount a manual ball valve to each flexible tube connection and a transparent tube to collect purged inside the Glass Graduated
Cylinder.
3. Power ON the dispenser with all nozzles inside their nozzles boot.
4. Set service switch on service mode (position ‘2’) on Additive board.
5. Enter maintenance mode at Engineer level.
6. Open hatch and tank cap.
7. Purge the system, see section (6.16.4).
8. Insert transparent tube in glass graduate cylinder
9. Deliver approximately 20 ml by purging and check that there are no air bubbles inside the plastic tube.
10. Note the volume inside the cylinder.
11. Deliver a pre-set calibration volume by O757.003. Select the node number. The calibration will stop by itself when the Additive
delivery has reached pre-set value. The amount of delivered additive will also be shown on the display.
12. Calculate the meter error as Percentage Error E% = (ACTUAL_VOLUME - PRESET) / PRESET * 100
If the Error is below 2%, then there is no need to update the Meter-Resolution for the Node. Otherwise continue with next
point.
13. Calculate the new meter resolution by
OLD_METER_RESOLOTION*ACTUAL_VOLUME / (REPORTED_DIFF)
REPORTED_DIFF = Differences between Pre-Set and Measured/Reported value.
14. Update the Meter-Resolution by F067.005 for actual Node.
15. Download the updated configuration to Additive board by O757.001.
16. Check the Meter Resolution again by repeating 10-13.
17. If the max error is below 2%, close the calibration phase
18. Save & Exit.
19. Remove ball valves and transparent tubes
20. Mount the flexible hoses to each injection point
21. Close tank cap and hatch.
22. Set service switch to Normal mode (position ‘1’)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 174 - WM061002

6.17 Dover VR
This section contains basic information about the Dover VR functionality. For more information, see the Dover VR Service Manual.

6.17.1 Activation
To activate Dover VR first make sure that the Real Time Clock (RTC) is set correct in F02. Set F053.000 = 3 or 4 (calibration per side or per
nozzle) to activate Dover VR.
NOTE: Exit & save (F000.000 = 3) is required to activate changes and must be done before using Dover VR functionality.
After a power cycle or an Exit & save (F00.00 = 3), wait at least 30 seconds after iGEM is running again to ensure that the connection with
Dover VR hardware has been established. If F053.000 = 3 or 4 it is not possible to start a filling on a VR nozzle until the connection to Dover
VR has been established.

6.17.2 Calibration O750

Note! When F54.00 = 3 (Dover VR Closed Loop activated) an external gas meter is not required.

Description Display Notes

.001
heat
Enter O750.000/.001/.002/.003. O750.000 = side A
Press “up” or “down” arrow to
change heat time in minutes and
.001 O750.001 = side B

“enter” to select.
If heat time is zero, heating will
1 .001
.001
O750.002 = side C
O750.003 = side D
be skipped.
.001

Press “up” or “down” arrow to Only for Open Loop

change gas meter type.
.001
Press “enter” to select and
continue.
tyPE .001
GALLU5 .001
.001
.001
Or

.001
tyPE .001
burhEr .001
.001
.001
Only for Bürkert: Only for Bürkert: Only for Open Loop

.001
cALcon
Enter the gas meter factor (same
value as decal on the Bürkert
meter). .001
Press “up” or “down” arrow to
step or “#” to enter a numeric
value
5 .001
.001
Press “enter” to continue. .001
Only for Gallus: Only for Gallus:
Enter number of pulses per
round.
Press “up” or “down” arrow to
step or “#” to enter a numeric
value

© Copyright Rev 14 - 175 - WM061002

 .001
PPr
Press “enter” to continue.

.001
12 .001
.001
.001
Only for Gallus: Only for Gallus: Only for Open Loop

.001
cycVol
Press “up” or “down” arrow to
step the cyclic volume (value on
decal of the meter). .001
Press “#” to enter a numeric
value 1270 .001
.001
Press “enter” or to continue.
.001
.001
LiFt
When prompted lift required VR VR must be enabled on
nozzle. the nozzle.
.001
No22LE .001
.001
.001
.001
b1
When nozzle is lifted press
“enter” to continue.
.001
no22LE .001
.001
.001
.001
hEAtinG
If valid VR nozzles is lifted
heating will start if heating time
> 0. .001
Heating time in seconds will
decrement until heating is done. 59 .001
.001
.001
.001
hEAt
During heating the time left is Press “clear” to abort
displayed (in seconds). When heating.
heating has finished “DONE” is .001
displayed.
donE .001
.001
.001
.001
5tArt
Perform calibration
Press “enter” to start calibration. .001
cALib .001
.001
.001
Calibration starts. Calibration per side: Press “clear” to abort
calibration.

If F053.000=4 (calibration per

© Copyright Rev 14 - 176 - WM061002

nozzle) the side and the selected
.001
nozzle is displayed.
If F053.000=3 (calibration per
cALA .001
side) only the side is displayed.
run5 .001
.001
.001

Calibration per nozzle:

.001
cALb1 .001
run5 .001
.001
.001
When calibration has passed
“PASS” is displayed. Press
.001
“enter” to continue.
cALb .001
PA55 .001
.001
.001
The highest achieved flow rate is
displayed.
.001
Press “enter” to exit O750.
rAtE .001
47 .001
.001
.001
If an error occurs during For Error codes see
calibration, an error code will be section “Dover VR Error
.001
displayed.
234.8E.00 .001
Device Codes”
Additional errors
occurring during the
The error is also logged in Es54.
Error .001
.001
same calibration are
logged in Es54.

.001 Errors occurring during

calibration are not
logged in Es01.

6.17.3 Diagnostics O752

Description Display Notes

© Copyright Rev 14 - 177 - WM061002

Main diagnostic menu for VR O752.006 = side A
flow test.
.006
Vr
O752.007 = side B
Enter O752.006/.007/.008/.009
Press enter to configure test
.006 O752.008 = side C

tE5t .006
.006
O752.009 = side D

.006
When prompted lift required
VR nozzle.
.006
LiFt .006
No22LE .006
.006
.006
When nozzle is lifted press
“enter” to continue.
.006
A1 .006
No22LE .006
.006
.006
Press “up” or “down” to change Type 1 = Dry test with
test type. Press “enter” to connected gasmeter
.006
select.
tyPE .006
Type 2 = Leak test
Type 4 = Dry test without

1 .006
.006
connected gasmeter

.006
Only for dry test: Test time for leak test is
always 1 min.
.006
nin
Select test time in minutes.

.006
Press “enter” to select.
1 .006
.006
.006
Only for dry test:

.006
rAtE
Select flow rate in litres/min.
Press “up” or “down” arrow to
step or “#” to enter a numeric
.006
value
38 .006
.006
Press “enter” to select. .006

© Copyright Rev 14 - 178 - WM061002

Press “up” or “down” arrow to O752.006 = side A
change heat time in minutes
.006
hEAt
and “enter” to select. O752.007 = side B

If heat time is zero, heating will .006 O752.008 = side C

be skipped.
1 .006
.006
O752.009 = side D

.006
Press “up” or “down” arrow to Only for Open Loop
change gas meter type.
.006
Press “enter” to select and
continue.
tyPE .006
GALLU5 .006
.006
.006
Or

.006
tyPE .006
burhEr .006
.006
.006
Only for Bürkert: Only for Bürkert: Only for Open Loop

.006
cALcon
Enter the gas meter factor
(same value as decal on the
Bürkert meter). .006

Press “enter” to continue.

5 .006
.006
.006
Only for Gallus: Only for Gallus: Only for Open Loop

.006
PPr
Enter number of pulses per
round.
.006
Press “enter” to continue. 12 .006
.006
.006
Only for Gallus: Only for Gallus: Only for Open Loop

.006
cycVoL
Press “up” or “down” arrow to
change the cyclic volume (value
on decal of the meter). .006
Press “#” to enter a numeric
value 1270 .006
.006
.006
Press “enter” to continue.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 179 - WM061002

 .006
HEAtinG
If valid VR nozzles is lifted
heating will start if heating time
> 0. .006
Heating time in seconds will
decrement until heating is
done.
59 .006
.006
.006
During heating the time left is Press “clear” to abort
displayed (in seconds). When heating.
.006
heating has finished “DONE” is
displayed. HEAtinG .006
donE .006
.006
.006
.006
5tArt
To start test: Press “clear” to abort test
during runtime.
Press “enter” and test will start .006
tE5t .006
.006
.006
.006
00018.24
Only for dry test with gas
meter (type 1): The simulated
fuel volume and measured gas .006
volume are displayed during
the test on the money and
volume display, respectively. 0020.79 .006
.006
.006
.006
dryt
Only for dry test without gas
meter (type 4):
The simulated fuel volume is
.006
displayed on the volume
display during the test. 0018.24 .006
.006
.006
Only for dry test with
gasmeter (type 1): The
.006
simulated fuel volume and
measured gas volume are
displayed during the test on
00018.24 .006
the money and volume display,
respectively. 0020.79 .006
.006
.006
.006
dryt
Only for dry tests (type 1 and
4):
When the test has finished, the
.006
test “DONE” is alternated with
the final volume(s). donE .006
.006
Press “enter” to exit O752.
.006

© Copyright Rev 14 - 180 - WM061002

 .006
LEAc
Only for leak test (type 2):
For Leak test, the text “PASS”
is displayed if no pulses from
.006
gasmeter were detected during
the test. PA55 .006
.006
Press “enter” to exit O752.
.006
.006
231.7d.02
If an error occurs during the For Error codes see
test, an error code will be section “Dover VR Error
displayed. .006 Device Codes”
Press “enter” to exit O752.
Error .006
.006
Additional errors
occurring during the
same calibration are
The error is also logged in Es54. .006 logged in Es54.
Errors occurring during
calibration are not logged
in Es01.

6.17.4 Error log

Errors regarding the Dover VR system will be logged with a (hexadecimal) device code specifying the error. See “Dover VR Error Device
Codes” section of this document.
Dover VR errors occurring when in maintenance mode are only logged in Es54. When not in maintenance mode Dover VR errors are logged
in both Es54 and in Es01.
iGEM error codes related to Dover VR are defaulted to level 0 (“LOG”). The error levels can be changed in F520/F551 (power cycle
required).

© Copyright Rev 14 - 181 - WM061002

7 SERVTERM
For information on how to log in @ Engineer or WSA level, please see chapter 3.3 of this document.

7.1 Installation
Run the “Setup iGem2 Tools 1.4.exe”. Do “Full installation” and press “Next” then press “Install”.

In order to be able to communicate with iGEM2, a driver has to be installed. Connect to the iGEM2 via USB cable. The PC will not detect
and install driver automatically. Open the control panel and do “Update Driver Software”.

Install the USB driver (“usb_cdc_ser.inf”) located in directory “C:\Program Files (x86)\Wayne Fueling Systems\iGem2 ServTerm”.
A security warning will be displayed. You can ignore it.
The driver file can be authenticated by calculating MD5 of the file and verify that it is “e153679faca242915b913c87c2babc7f”.

When driver has been installed it will be possible to connect to iGEM2 with ServTerm.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 182 - WM061002

 7.2 Views and Menus

7.2.1 ServTerm start-up view.

Version. Make sure you use latest version
of ServTerm for best performance

Menu/View
selections

Short-cuts to
iGEM2 manual
and Upload
directory

Log in Access level Status

Engineer or WSA Connected, Logged in

ServTerm will automatically find the correct USB port and connect.

If dispenser is in Bootloader operation (UPD’s display “btL”), the data in the views “Pump Status” and “Pump Information” are not
available and can’t be displayed. Only a limited number of operations and statistics are accessible.
For information on how to log in to maintenance mode, see chapter 3.3.

7.2.2 Pump Status view

The “Pump Status” view (se picture above) display various dynamic data of the dispenser such as general FP status (nozzle status, FP state
etc.) system voltages and status of W&M switches. It is possible to configure the update frequency of the data in menu “Settings\Configure
Probe Data”.

7.2.3 Pump Information view

This view display various static data of the dispenser such as
- CPU board information (batch/serial no, Part No, HW rev etc.)
- Dispenser information (“Pump details”) with Dispenser Serial Number and other info.
- FW Information (Bootloader and Dispenser Application Versions and CRC’s).
PICTURE

7.2.4 W&M Inspection view

Not used.

7.2.5 Commissioning view

Not used.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 183 - WM061002

7.2.6 Pump Service view
In this menu different service operations are located. All operations require user to first log in at appropriate level (Engineer or WSA
depending on what operations are intended to be performed and what parameters need to be changed).
7.2.6.1 Upload operations
Unless the dispenser is operating in Bootloader mode, all Upload operations can be performed at Engineer level.
- Upload of Event Logs (Exxx of chapter 3.8).
- Upload of Statistics (Sxxx of chapter 3.7)
- Upload of EventLogs and Statistics together.
- Upload of IDPROM data (Part No, HW Versions, FW versions, FW checksums, Manufacturing data, details of supported HW
functionalities etc). CPU-board, Displays and Ethernet interface.
- Upload of Micro-SD card files (Dump files and Trace files).
- Pump configuration / parameter settings
7.2.6.2 Download Operations
- Update of Bootloader FW
- Update of Dispenser App FW
7.2.6.3 Miscellaneous Operations
- Delete micro-SD card files
- Perform Soft Reset of target (can be done also when not logged in to maintenance mode)
- Setting RTC to PC time.
- Setting default Unit Prices.
7.2.6.4 Read/Write of individual function parameters and operations.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 184 - WM061002

7.2.6.5 Read and Clear Severe Error Status.
- I/O-board tamper is triggered when removing CPU-module form I/O-board to be put on another I/O-board.
Your access rights may require you to contact Wayne NOC to get a password to O995.003 to confirm new I/O-board.
- Tamper error, DB error and VBAT/RTC error shall never occur under correct handling.
If this occur, board shall be returned to Wayne for analysis. New board need to be installed in the dispenser.
To clear I/O-board tamper after replacing I/O-board do the following…
1. Log in with WSA to 995.003 with Custom

2. Under “Pump Service” menu do Write of value “0.1” to 995.003.

3. Do Logout with Save

7.2.6.6 Loading of Pump Configuration
Generate Pump Configuration (parameter) file using the integrated TemplateConfigurator Tool or select an existing parameter file to be
loaded into dispenser.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 185 - WM061002

7.2.6.6.1 Generate and Download Configuration using TemplateConfigurator
1. Under menu “Pump Service” select “Generate & Download Configuration”.

2. Select Model Family (O2, O2 UHC etc)

3. Select specific Model. For example B123

4. Select Country

© Copyright Rev 14 - 186 - WM061002

 5. Select the various Options that the dispenser is equipped with. Select view “List” to get all options in one list.

6. Press “Load Into ServTerm” to start the parameter downloads.

7. Unless Login was made at WSA level, there will probably be some parameters that will not be written (rejeced due to access
rights). Check which parameters were rejected to make sure it was not any critical. If you are not sure, you can save the result
to file by pressing “Save Log to File”.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 187 - WM061002

 It is also possible to read the current value using the “Write/Read Parameters”. It is possible that the correct value is already set.

7.2.7 Device Specific view

Not used

© Copyright Rev 14 - 188 - WM061002

7.2.8 Settings view
- Set different paths used by the application. Useful if you want the igEM2 manual short cut link to point to a different/newer
iGEM2 manual.
- Set default Engineer password.
- Manually configure new Operations
- Manually configure new probed data (data types visible in Views “Pump Status” and “Pump Information”.
- Save settings, Import settings etc.

Scroll down to Configure Probe Data

© Copyright Rev 14 - 189 - WM061002

7.3 Uploaded diagnostics
Uploaded data is stored in a zip archive named “ServTerm_DispenserSerialNo_Type_TimeStamp.zip” where Type could be “Eventlog”,
“Stat”, “Stats Eventlogs”, “IDPROM” or other depending on which upload operation was performed.
The zip-archive contain one comma separated file (.csv) per data type. The names of the data files are in the form
“ServTerm_DispenserSerialNo_Type_LogNo.csv” where Type can be either “EventLog” or “Stat”.
Example: Event log 101 (error event log for side A) could be “ServTerm_46-123081_EventLog_101.csv”.
Each uploaded data file (.csv) has a header that include information of Date and Time of the Upload (iGEM2 RTC time) and some general
information of the dispenser from which the data was uploaded.
The header is followed by a description of the type of uploaded data after which the data is listed with descriptive text.
Example of uploaded Eventlog E101.
Upload information
Date/time 2016-11-29 13:42 Header
FW version 007.000.000
BTL FW version 006.000.000
Pump serial number 46-001232
MCU board serial number 00928-L0009

Side A: Error/Event log

Event Date Time Error code (CCC.DD.NN) Filling count Severity Level
E101.001 16.11.29 7.07 239.01.00 59009 1
E101.002 16.11.29 7.07 650.00.00 59009 1
E101.003 16.11.29 6.50 270.00.01 59008 2
E101.004 16.11.29 4.07 239.01.00 58857 1
E101.005 16.11.29 4.07 650.00.00 58857 1
E101.006 16.11.29 2.52 270.00.01 58817 1
E101.007 16.11.29 2.52 650.00.00 58817 1
E101.008 16.11.29 1.21 239.01.00 58748 1
E101.009 16.11.29 1.21 650.00.00 58748 1
E101.010 16.11.28 23.37 239.01.00 58665 1
… etc

© Copyright Rev 14 - 190 - WM061002

8 SETTING BUS-ADDRESS ON DISPLAYS
X (Y)

X = if Hex rotary switch (0 - F) (Y) = if decimal rotary switch (1 – 16)

Device/Board Side Sales UP Preset

X (Y) X (Y) X (Y)

Test mode 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)

Primary A 1 (2) 1 (2) 1 (2)

B 2 (3) 2 (3) 2 (3)
C 3 (4) 3 (4) 3 (4)
D 4 (5) 4 (5) 4 (5)

Secondary A 5 (6) 5 (6) 5 (6)

B 6 (7) 6 (7) 6 (7)
C 7 (8) 7 (8) 7 (8)
D 8 (9) 8 (9) 8 (9)

Ternary A 9 (10) 9 (10) 9 (10)

B A (11) A (11) A (11)
C B (12) B (12) B (12)
D C (13) C (13) C (13)

Extended UP of primary (only) A - D (14) -

A-side and B-side
B - E (15) -
C - - -
D - - -

© Copyright Rev 14 - 191 - WM061002

9 FLEET DISPLAY MODE

Firmware Version Display

Normal Mode Fleet Mode Page 1 Fleet Mode Page 2

012 012 002.005

002.005 P1 P2
X X X

VEr VEr VEr

Unit Price Display Fleet Prompts

Idle --- Product is idle

Authorized Auth Authorized, nozzle in

Selected 5EL Nozzle out, not authorized

On On Product is fuelling

Off OFF Sale reached preset or error

Stopped 5toP Sale stopped by the controller

© Copyright Rev 14 - 192 - WM061002

10 INMETRO MODE HANDLING
InMetro mode is activated when F003.000 = 2. This mode is currently only intended for the Brazil market where the InMetro institute has
issued new regulations. This mode is used to comply with those regulations and thus changes to the regular behaviour of iGEM2 are made
while in this mode.

10.1 Requirements for InMetro mode

To use InMetro mode there are specific hardware that must be used. There are specific Displays, new Pulsers called DSP (Dover Secure
Pulser), new ISB, and a Bluetooth Device that are needed to run InMetro Mode. Activating InMetro Mode without these devices will cause
errors to be triggered and render the pump unusable until recovered.

10.1.1 The Bluetooth Device

The Bluetooth device is inoperable when not in InMetro mode, but immediately after entering the mode the Bluetooth Device is activated
and plays an essential part of the iGEM2 System.
Due to the fact that certain data shall be accessible via an application iGEM2 needs to constantly be controlling that the Bluetooth device
is connected and working. On startup or after a change in settings iGEM2 will redo the initialization process with the Bluetooth device, this
includes checking the IDPROM to verify that the device is the confirmed one and sending configuration that the device shall use. When
those are confirmed a continuous heartbeat will be sent to verify the connection between iGEM2 and the Bluetooth device is intact.
If the connection is lost at any point error 285 will be triggered and will be present until the device start responding again. If the device is to
be replaced and thus disconnected, the error will be triggered and present until the new one is connected. The error will then be changed
to error 283 and won’t disappear until O701.011 is performed. If the configuration is not accepted by the Bluetooth device after an amount
of retries then error 286 will be triggered. This error can only be cleared when the configuration is accepted. It might be needed to change
the configuration in F020.008-0.10 or replace the BTD for this to be cleared.

10.1.2 DSP and ISB

For InMetro there are new Pulsers and ISB that are used. The pulsers contain a secure chip that will sign the transaction, which the display
will then validate. The DSP run on a new bitrate, 115200 bps, and will therefore use a new ISB.
The DSP contain a Public key which the display will be sent to the display and that will be used for validating the transaction. The DSP also
contain a certificate which has an expiration date. These two “parts” will be checked by iGEM2 to verify that everything is OK. At start-up
or at the start of a filling, the DSPs are asked for their Public Key and Certificate Expiration Date. The public key is then compared to the
saved one in iGEM2, and the expiration date is compared to the RTC to see if it has expired or is close to expiring. If any of these fail errors
will be triggered and the dispenser will be closed until handled. The errors in question are: 702 for public key mismatch, and 705 for expired
certificate. A certificate close to expiring will be triggering 704.
When checking if the certificate for expiration, error 705 will trigger immediately if it is past the expiration date and will require o705.006
to unlock the NON-expired meters/DSP. If the certificate is close to expire (error 704) then the error will trigger once the dispenser enters
IDLE mode as to not interrupt fillings. This error (704) will be cleared by operation O705.005. Error 704 will only trigger ONCE per meter,
once a meter is within the expiration period (F022.016) and O705.005 is OK then the error will NOT trigger again until O701.001 is
performed. O701.001 will also unlock all Lnoz available, even if they are still on an expired Meter/DSP and will allow the errors to trigger
again.
If critical data is unable to be retrieved from the DSP error 700 or 701 will be triggered. Error 700 triggers if the DSP FAILED to retrieve the
data, and 701 is triggered if the DSP responds BUSY several times. These errors require O701.001 to be recovered from.
The DSP requires a rather long time to start, and thus iGEM2 delays the start of itself for 25 seconds. This allows the DSP to initialize the
secure chip in time before iGEM2 starts requesting data.

10.1.3 Display
For InMetro Mode a new display is used. This display contains a secure chip which is used to perform a validation of the signed transaction
data sent from the DSP via iGEM2. If the display deems the signed transaction INVALID then the pump will be closed until the DSP have
either been replaced and confirmed with O701.001, or until just O701.001 is performed.

10.2 Changes to fillings

When starting a filling while in InMetro Mode several new verifications are performed to confirm the involved devices are valid. Before the
normal iGEM2 sequence for starting a filling is performed the DSP(s) is requested to provide its public key and Certificate Expiration Date.
After those are confirmed the Serial Number of the DSP(s) is requested and compared with the confirmed one. After that the DSP is
deemed valid, and the involved display(s) are requested to provide their serial number which is compared to the confirmed ones. When
both DSP and Display are deemed valid by iGEM2 the normal start of filling sequence is started.
During fillings, and during the start sequence for InMetro fillings, data is stored in case of a power failure during the filling. More on this
further down.
When a filling is completed, the normal iGEM2 sequence to handle the finalization of a sale is performed before the InMetro sequence is
started. The InMetro sequence involves sending Sales data (Dispenser serial number, transaction number, Unit Price, decimal positions
and Date&Time of filling) to the DSP, which will then sign the data with its private key.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 193 - WM061002

After a short wait, to allow the DSP to perform the signing, iGEM2 will request the signed transaction data. This data includes several
parts of the transaction, one of which is the amount of pulses the DSP counted. These pulses are compared to what iGEM2 counted, and if
they differ to much (2 pulses, which is 0.5cL) iGEM2 will trigger error 707 but will still send the signed transaction data to the involved
displays.
The Displays will perform validation on the received signed transactions and return the result to iGEM2. If the filling was valid, the displays
will show “VALIDO” on the misc row, and iGEM2 will do nothing special. If the filling was invalid, the displays will show “ERRO” and
“CLOSED”. To recover from this O701.001 will be required.
The data of a filling is continuously updated during the filling, and not cleared until a new filling on that side is started. This is done so that
if a power failure occurs during the filling, the data can still be sent to the DSP for signature and then the display for validation when the
power comes back. If this happens, the control of pulse difference between iGEM2 and DSP will have a bigger allowed difference (10
pulses, 2.5cL).

10.2.1 Handling simultaneous fillings

Due to the DSP/secure chip of the DSP not being able to handle request for multiple things at the same time iGEM2 has to implement
retry functionalities. When performing fillings on the same WIP (aka DSP 1 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 7 etc) and ending both fillings at the same
time one of the fillings will be handled before the other and thus getting sent to the DSP for signing before the other. This results in the
latter one getting incorrect signature from the secure chip. iGEM2 will therefore look at the start of the signature to decide if the signature
needs to be redone. If it is needed to be redone iGEM2 will resend the sales data to the DSP and restart that process, BUT ONLY 1 TIME. If
the signature will once again require to be redone, iGEM2 will ignore it and send the data it received, including the incorrect signature, to
the Display. This will then result in a failed validation. iGEM2 only retries the signature once to keep iGEM2 as little involved in the security
needed by InMetro.
When handling simultaneous fillings at during a power cycle, i.e. Unfinished Fillings, we add another security feature. Before sending the
data for signing by the DSP, iGEM2 will stagger the different sides of the pump to avoid complications due to the DSP not handling multi
signings at all right after start-up has finished. Each side will be staggered 500ms from the previous one, so Side B is 500ms after Side A, C
is 500ms after B, and D is 500ms after C.

10.3 Errors and recovery

The Errors for InMetro mode can be found here: 4.3.
The following errors are recovered from when O701 is performed:

• 701.001
o 130
o 136
o 400
o 702
o 703
o 705
Note that o701.001 = 1 (confirm WIP replacement) will take around 10-15 seconds to complete depending on the amount of WIP that are
connected. This time is mainly due to the retrieval of certificates which are each 3kB in size. Due to this iGEM2 will not allow exit from
o701.001 until its finished, if started.

• 701.002
o 216

• 701.011
o 283
The following errors are recovered from when O705 is performed:

• 705.000
o 630

• 705.001
o 629

• 705.002
o 154

• 705.003
o 131
o 133

• 705.004

© Copyright Rev 14 - 194 - WM061002

 o 707

• 705.005
o 704

• 705.006
o 705

11 RECEIPT PRINTER HANDLING

See Helix Pumps – Addendum Manual Printer.

12 IGEM2 SWITCH INPUTS

Input connector Description Raw switch input # O752.000 indication

J6 Spare Inputs 1 – 6 Raw switch input # 161 – 166 S01 – S06

J12 VapourGate Input / Spare Input Raw switch input # 171 – 172 S09 – S10
9 – 10

J52 Nozzle Inputs 1 – 8 Raw switch input # 129 – 136 n01 – n08

J53 Nozzle Inputs 9 – 12 Raw switch input # 137 – 140 n09 – n12

J71 (expansion board) Spare Inputs 7 – 8 Raw switch input # 167 – 168 S07 – S08

S/V display keypad input Button Inputs 1 – 36 Per Side Raw switch input # 1 – 36 sC001 – sC036 *
*s = side/FP (1 – 4)

© Copyright Rev 14 - 195 - WM061002

Warranty
manufacturer’s express written consent shall void any existing product warranty. Please see
product warranty information for additional details.
Use only genuine parts.

Copyright notice
©2017 Wayne Fueling Systems, LLC
The contents of this manual may not be copied in whole or in part without the express written
consent of Wayne Fueling Systems, LLC.
Wayne Fueling Systems reserves the right to make revisions to this manual without prior
notice.

© Copyright Rev 14 - 196 - WM061002

Headquarters Wayne Fueling Systems Wayne Indústria Wayne Fuel Equipment (Shanghai-
Wayne Fueling Systems, LLC Sweden AB e Comércio Ltda Puxi Branch Office) Co., Ltd.
3814 Jarrett Way Austin Hanögatan 10 Estrada do Timbó Floor 1, Building No. 2
TX 78728 Box 50559 126 - Higienópolis 511 Shanlian Road, Baoshan District,
USA SE-202 15 Malmö Rio De Janeiro, RJ Shanghai
Phone: +1 512.388.8311 Sweden Brazil China
Phone: +46 40 360500 Phone: +55-21-2598-7711 Phone: +21-5899-3976

© Copyright Wayne Fueling Systems WM061002 Rev 14